WO2014084284A1 - System for manufacturing organic el light emission module and method for manufacturing organic el light emission module - Google Patents

System for manufacturing organic el light emission module and method for manufacturing organic el light emission module Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2014084284A1
WO2014084284A1 PCT/JP2013/081974 JP2013081974W WO2014084284A1 WO 2014084284 A1 WO2014084284 A1 WO 2014084284A1 JP 2013081974 W JP2013081974 W JP 2013081974W WO 2014084284 A1 WO2014084284 A1 WO 2014084284A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
sheet
substrate
sealing member
tape
suction
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2013/081974
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
瑞喜 山平
和行 水戸
優記 大嶋
恵子 斎藤
久志 戸田
Original Assignee
三菱化学株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 三菱化学株式会社 filed Critical 三菱化学株式会社
Priority to JP2014549880A priority Critical patent/JP6098644B2/en
Publication of WO2014084284A1 publication Critical patent/WO2014084284A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K71/00Manufacture or treatment specially adapted for the organic devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K71/80Manufacture or treatment specially adapted for the organic devices covered by this subclass using temporary substrates
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K71/00Manufacture or treatment specially adapted for the organic devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K71/40Thermal treatment, e.g. annealing in the presence of a solvent vapour

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an organic EL light emitting module manufacturing system and an organic EL light emitting module manufacturing method.
  • An organic electroluminescence (EL) light emitting module includes an organic EL element in which a light-transmitting substrate such as glass or plastic, an anode made of a transparent electrode, an organic EL layer made of an organic thin film, and a cathode are sequentially laminated.
  • the organic EL light emitting module has been energetically aimed at practical use in recent years because it exhibits surface emission with high brightness at a low voltage of about several volts and light emission in an arbitrary color tone is possible by selecting a light emitting material. Development is underway.
  • Patent Documents 1 to 3 each describe a method for manufacturing an organic EL light emitting module.
  • Patent Document 1 and Patent Document 2 describe a method of sealing an organic EL layer using a metal foil.
  • Patent Document 3 describes a method of sealing an organic EL layer with a sealing adhesive.
  • Patent Document 4 describes a structure in which a dehydrating agent or an oxygen scavenger is disposed in a sealing layer to prevent deterioration of the organic EL element due to moisture or oxygen.
  • Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2004-303528 Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2004-303529 Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2007-35514 Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2006-80084
  • Patent Documents 1 to 3 describe a method of sealing an organic EL layer by one layer. However, in the one layer, moisture from the outside may pass through and the organic EL element may be deteriorated.
  • Patent Document 4 describes a structure for preventing the deterioration of the organic EL element by disposing a dehydrating agent or the like.
  • a sealing structure having such a complicated laminated structure can be accurately and efficiently used.
  • the manufacturing system and manufacturing method to be realized have not been sufficiently studied.
  • This invention is made
  • the place made into the objective is the highly accurate and highly efficient manufacturing system of the organic electroluminescent light emitting module which can suppress deterioration of an organic electroluminescent element favorably,
  • Another object of the present invention is to provide a highly accurate and highly efficient manufacturing method of an organic EL light emitting module.
  • the gist of the present invention resides in the following [1] to [18].
  • An organic EL light emitting module manufacturing system A sealing member laminating apparatus that seals the organic EL element between the substrate and the sealing member by attaching a sealing member to one surface of the substrate on which the organic EL element is formed;
  • the sealing member laminating apparatus is A substrate adsorbing upper surface for adsorbing the substrate; A support base which is located below the upper surface of the suction and can support only the end of the substrate from below; A member set part that is located below the substrate adsorption upper surface part and on which the sealing member is placed; A movable suction part provided in the center of the substrate suction upper surface part, capable of sucking the center part of the substrate and movable up and down; The substrate is supported by the movable suction portion and the support base by releasing the suction of the substrate suction upper surface portion from the state where the substrate is sucked by the substrate suction upper surface portion and the movable suction portion.
  • An organic EL light emitting module manufacturing system A sealing member producing apparatus for producing a sealing member in which a first sheet-like member and a second sheet-like member having a wider surface than the first sheet-like member are laminated; A sealing member laminating apparatus for laminating the sealing member on one surface of a substrate on which an organic EL element is formed, and sealing the organic EL element between the substrate and the sealing member; Prepared,
  • the sealing member manufacturing apparatus is A sheet-like member adsorption portion having an adsorption surface provided with a plurality of suction holes for adsorbing members; A stage portion having a stage surface on which the first sheet-like member and the second sheet-like member can be sequentially placed; The sealing in which the first sheet-like member and the second sheet-like member are stacked by the sheet-like member adsorbing portion sequentially adsorbing the first sheet-like member and the second sheet-like member.
  • the sealing member manufacturing apparatus for manufacturing a member, In the stage portion, the second sheet-like member is placed in a region including a region where the first sheet-like member is placed,
  • the sealing member manufacturing apparatus includes a base portion having a first side surface and a second side surface for positioning the first sheet-like member and the second sheet-like member.
  • a plurality of alignment portions each having a standing portion standing upward from the portion; The plurality of alignment portions are installed such that a mutual distance between the first side surfaces is shorter than a mutual distance between the second side surfaces,
  • the first sheet-like member is placed on the stage surface of the stage portion such that an end portion thereof abuts on the first side surface of each of the plurality of alignment portions.
  • the sheet-like member adsorption unit adsorbs the first sheet-like member placed on the stage surface of the stage unit by adjoining the stage unit to the adsorption surface
  • the second sheet-like member is placed on the stage surface of the stage portion so that an end portion thereof abuts on the second side surface of each of the plurality of alignment portions.
  • suction part makes the said 1st sheet-like member adsorb
  • the sealing member manufacturing apparatus presses the first sheet-like member and the second sheet-like member, which are stacked by adsorbing the sheet-like member adsorption portion, against the adsorption surface, and the first sheet A thermocompression bonding part that forms a sealing member by the first sheet-like member and the second sheet-like member by performing a thermocompression-bonding process for heating the shape-like member and the second sheet-like member;
  • the sheet-like member adsorbing portion is provided outside a region facing the first sheet-like member in a region facing the second sheet-like member during execution of the thermocompression processing by the thermocompression-bonding portion.
  • the organic EL light-emitting module manufacturing system according to [2], wherein inhalation is performed only through the suction hole.
  • An adhesive material laminating apparatus for laminating an adhesive material for laminating the sealing member to the substrate to the sealing member,
  • the adhesive material is formed in a sheet shape, a release paper is attached to one surface of the adhesive material formed in a sheet shape, and a surface opposite to the one surface of the release paper is a belt-like shape Affixed to the tape member
  • the adhesive material laminating apparatus is A tape member adsorbing portion that performs an adsorbing operation for adsorbing the surface opposite to the surface on which the adhesive material is affixed in the tape member to which the adhesive material is affixed;
  • a roller portion that is formed in a cylindrical shape and rotates around a central axis, The tape member suction part sucks and holds the tape member above the sealing member placed on the placement table so that the first sheet-like member forms part of the upper surface,
  • the roller portion is configured such that the tape member is peeled from the tape member suction portion while the tape member is separated from the tape member along the longitudinal
  • the tape member adsorbing portion is formed on the other end side of the tape member when the roller portion peels the tape member from one end side along the longitudinal direction of the tape member.
  • the tape member has a pasting area to which the release paper is pasted and a blank area outside the pasting area.
  • the roller portion rolls from the blank region at one end of the tape member in the longitudinal direction to the other end so as to bond the adhesive material to the sealing member over the pasting region.
  • the adhesive material laminating apparatus includes: Including an upper surface portion covering the upper side of the tape member adsorbing portion, a lower surface portion covering the lower side of the mounting table, and a side surface portion covering a side of a space sandwiched between the upper surface portion and the lower surface portion, When the lower surface portion and the upper surface portion are relatively close to each other, the upper end of the side surface portion is in contact with the upper surface portion, and the lower surface portion is in contact with the lower end of the side surface portion, and the tape member A first state in which the space containing the placement table on which the tape member suction portion and the sealing member on which the sealing member is placed is sealed, and the lower surface portion are separated from the upper surface portion.
  • the apparatus further comprises a tape member peeling device for peeling the release paper attached to the tape member together with the tape member from the adhesive material
  • the tape member peeling device is Installed in a nitrogen atmosphere, A gripping part for gripping a blank area outside the sticking area to which the release paper is stuck in the tape member, and for peeling the release paper stuck to the tape member together with the tape member from the adhesive material;
  • the tape member peeled from the adhesive material and the release paper are placed, and a mounting table having an upper surface on which the tape member can be placed;
  • the partition member for partitioning the nitrogen atmosphere and the outside air is provided with a through-hole that fits the mounting table on the top surface when the mounting table moves upward, and a lid that covers the through-hole from the outside.
  • the organic EL light-emitting device according to any one of [4] to [7], wherein when the mounting table moves upward, the lid is pushed up by the upper surface on which the tape member is mounted.
  • thermocompression bonding apparatus that thermocompression-bonds the sealing member and the substrate
  • the thermocompression bonding apparatus is Including a hot plate portion for pressing the sealing member against the substrate and performing a sealing member thermocompression treatment for heating the sealing member;
  • the organic EL light emitting device according to any one of [1] to [8], wherein the hot plate portion is provided with a convex portion at a position corresponding to an end portion of the sealing member.
  • a substrate support step Thereafter, a substrate pressing step for moving the movable suction portion downward to bring the central portion of the substrate downward from the support base, and Next, while holding the suction of the substrate by the movable suction portion, while moving the member set portion on which the sealing member is placed, while interlocking the substrate and the movable suction portion, A pressing step of pressing the member set portion together with the substrate and the sealing member against the suction upper surface portion, and sequentially bonding the substrate and the sealing member from the central portion toward the end portion of the substrate;
  • a method for manufacturing an organic EL light emitting module comprising:
  • a method of manufacturing an organic EL light emitting module The first sheet-like member of a sealing member producing apparatus for producing a sealing member in which a first sheet-like member and a second sheet-like member having a wider surface than the first sheet-like member are laminated.
  • a first sheet-like member placement step in which the first sheet-like member is placed on a stage portion having a stage surface on which a member and the second sheet-like member can be placed in sequence; By sucking the sheet-like member suction portion of the sealing member manufacturing apparatus close to the stage portion, the first sheet-like member placed on the stage surface faces the stage surface and sucks the member.
  • a sealing member bonding apparatus bonds the sealing member to one surface of the substrate on which the organic EL element is formed, and seals the organic EL element between the substrate and the sealing member.
  • An organic EL sealing step In the first sheet-like member placement step, for the positioning of the placement of the first sheet-like member, the base portion having the first side surface and the second side surface are disposed upward from the base portion.
  • the first sheet-like member is placed on the stage portion so that the end portion comes into contact with the first side surface of each of the first side surface,
  • an end portion is brought into contact with the second side surface of each of the plurality of alignment portions in order to align the placement of the second sheet-like member.
  • the thermocompression bonding part of the sealing member manufacturing apparatus includes the first sheet-like member and the second sheet-like member laminated by the sheet-like member adsorption part in the second sheet-like member adsorption step.
  • the sealing member formed by the first sheet-like member and the second sheet-like member is pressed against the suction surface and subjected to a thermocompression treatment for heating the first sheet-like member and the second sheet-like member.
  • An adhesive material for bonding the sealing member to the substrate which is formed in a sheet shape and has a release paper pasted on one surface in advance, and the surface opposite to the one surface is the surface
  • a tape member adsorbing portion of an adhesive material laminating apparatus for adhering the adhesive material with a release paper affixed to a strip-shaped tape member to the sealing member, and the adhesive material in the tape member with the adhesive material affixed thereto
  • the suction holding unit that sucks and holds the tape member above the sealing member that is placed on the placement table so that the first sheet-like member forms part of the upper surface of the tape member suction unit.
  • Steps A roller portion that is formed in a cylindrical shape of the adhesive material laminating device and rotates around a central axis peels off the tape member from the tape member adsorption portion, and forms a band between the tape member adsorption portion and the tape member. Rolling from one end portion to the other end portion along the longitudinal direction of the tape member, and pressing the adhesive material against the sealing member from the tape member side by a peripheral surface.
  • the tape member adsorbing portion is the tape when the roller portion peels the tape member from one end side along the longitudinal direction of the tape member in the adhesive material laminating step.
  • the tape member has a pasting area to which the release paper is pasted and a blank area outside the pasting area,
  • the roller portion applies the adhesive material to the sealing member over the pasting region from the blank region at one end portion in the longitudinal direction of the tape member to the other end portion.
  • the adhesive material laminating apparatus comprises: Including an upper surface portion covering the upper side of the tape member adsorbing portion, a lower surface portion covering the lower side of the mounting table, and a side surface portion covering a side of a space sandwiched between the upper surface portion and the lower surface portion, When the lower surface portion and the upper surface portion are relatively close to each other, the upper end of the side surface portion is in contact with the upper surface portion, and the lower surface portion is in contact with the lower end of the side surface portion, and the tape member A first state in which the space containing the placement table on which the tape member suction portion and the sealing member on which the sealing member is placed is sealed, and the lower surface portion are separated from the upper surface portion.
  • nitrogen is supplied to the space after air is exhausted from the space when the first state is established in the nitrogen replacement chamber containing at least the lower surface portion.
  • a nitrogen substitution step is performed, [13] to [15], wherein after the nitrogen replacement step is performed, the space is maintained in a nitrogen atmosphere in the second state, and the adhesive material bonding step is performed.
  • a gripping part of a tape member peeling device installed in a nitrogen atmosphere grips a blank area outside the sticking area where the release paper is stuck on the tape member, and together with the tape member, the tape member An adhesive material peeling step for peeling the release paper affixed to the adhesive material;
  • the mounting table having an upper surface on which the tape member can be mounted includes a tape member mounting step for mounting the tape member and the release paper on which the grip portion has been peeled off from the adhesive material in the adhesive material peeling step.
  • the nitrogen atmosphere and the outside air are partitioned by a partition member,
  • the partition member is provided with a through hole that fits with the mounting table when the mounting table moves upward, and a lid that covers the through hole from the outside is installed, Any one of the above [13] to [16], further comprising a lid pushing-up step of pushing up the lid by the upper surface on which the tape member is placed by moving the mounting table upward.
  • thermocompression bonding apparatus for thermocompression bonding the sealing member and the substrate
  • a hot plate portion provided with a convex portion at a position corresponding to an end portion of the sealing member is the bonding step.
  • a sealing member thermocompression step for further pressing the sealing member attached to the substrate against the substrate and performing a sealing member thermocompression treatment for heating the sealing member.
  • the method for producing an organic EL light emitting module according to any one of [17].
  • the organic EL element is sealed with the sealing member in which the first sheet-like member and the second sheet-like member are laminated, the transmission of moisture and the like from the outside to the organic EL element is good.
  • an organic EL light emitting module that can prevent the deterioration of the organic EL element due to the transmitted moisture and the like.
  • first sheet-like member and the second sheet-like member are accurately aligned by the alignment portion and stacked on the substrate, the production efficiency in which generation of defective products due to misalignment is suppressed is suppressed.
  • a manufacturing system of a high organic EL light emitting module can be realized.
  • first sheet-like member and the second sheet-like member having different sizes are aligned by the same alignment mechanism, the first and second sheet-like members can be aligned with high accuracy, and the occurrence of defective products due to misalignment is suppressed. It is possible to realize a manufacturing system of the organic EL light emitting module with high production efficiency.
  • the apparatus can be simplified, so that the low-cost organic EL light emitting module can be simplified.
  • a manufacturing system can be realized.
  • the tact time can be shortened, and organic EL light emission with high production efficiency is achieved.
  • a module manufacturing system can be realized.
  • the suction is performed only through the suction hole provided outside the region facing the first sheet-like member among the regions facing the second sheet-like member. Therefore, in the first sheet-like member, it is possible to satisfactorily prevent the formation of irregularities due to the traces of inhalation by the suction holes provided on the suction surface of the sheet-like member suction portion, and thus organic EL light emission with good sealing performance Modules can be manufactured.
  • first sheet-like member and the second sheet-like member are brought into close contact with each other in the region facing the adsorption surface of the sheet-like member adsorption portion by thermocompression treatment, and the first sheet-like member and the second sheet-like member in the region Therefore, it is possible to satisfactorily prevent a space from being formed between them, so that an organic EL light emitting module having a good sealing performance can be manufactured.
  • the roller part rolls from one end part to the other end part along the longitudinal direction of the tape member, and the adhesive member is pressed against the sealing member from the tape member side by the peripheral surface to seal the adhesive member Since it is comprised so that it may affix on a member, since it can prevent favorably that a space arises between an adhesive material and a sealing member, an organic electroluminescent light emitting module with favorable sealing performance can be manufactured. it can.
  • the tape member adsorption portion performs an adsorption operation on the other end portion side of the tape member when the roller portion sticks the tape member to the sealing member from one end portion side along the longitudinal direction of the tape member. Since it continues, it is possible to prevent the tape member from falling downward while the roller portion is rolling. In addition, since the other end is adsorbed and fixed, the tape member and the sealing member are bonded with high accuracy without the relative position of the tape member and the sealing member being shifted during the rolling of the roller portion. And since generation
  • the nitrogen replacement operation is performed in the first state in which the lower surface portion and the upper surface portion are relatively close to each other, the volume of the space for performing the nitrogen replacement can be reduced.
  • the time of the gas introduction process can be shortened, and the production efficiency of the organic EL light emitting module can be increased.
  • the partition member for partitioning the nitrogen atmosphere and the outside air is provided with a through hole that fits into the mounting table when the mounting table moves upward, and is configured to push up the lid that covers the through hole by the upper surface of the mounting table. Therefore, it is possible to satisfactorily prevent the mixing of nitrogen and outside air through the through-holes, to suppress the generation of defective products due to the mixing of outside air, and to increase the production efficiency of the organic EL light emitting module.
  • the substrate is in a state of being supported by the movable suction portion and the support base, and then the central portion of the substrate is pushed downward from the support base by moving the movable suction portion downward, and then movable.
  • the member set unit on which the sealing member bonded with the adhesive material is moved is moved upward, and the substrate and the movable adsorption unit are interlocked to set the member.
  • the substrate and the sealing member are sequentially bonded to each other from the center to the end of the substrate by pressing the portion together with the sealing member on which the substrate and the adhesive are bonded to the upper surface portion of the substrate. Since it is comprised, it can prevent favorably that a space
  • the adhesive material and the sealing member can be attached to a predetermined position on the substrate with high accuracy.
  • the production system of the organic EL light emitting module with high production efficiency in which the generation of defective products due to the above is suppressed can be realized.
  • the hot plate portion is provided with a convex portion at a position corresponding to the end portion of the sealing member, the outer edge portion of the sealing member to which the adhesive material is bonded is more reliably thermocompression bonded to the substrate. It is possible to more reliably seal the organic EL element and the first sheet-like member formed on one surface of the film, and satisfactorily suppress deterioration of the organic EL element.
  • FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view showing a configuration example of an organic EL light emitting module manufactured by the organic EL light emitting module manufacturing system and the organic EL light emitting module manufacturing method according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a flowchart showing the overall configuration of the organic EL light emitting module manufacturing system according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 3A and FIG. 3B are cross-sectional views of the main part of the sealing member manufacturing apparatus.
  • FIG. 4 is a top view showing the positional relationship between the pin member and the stage member.
  • FIG. 5 is an explanatory view showing a hot plate for heating the moisture absorbing layer and the protective layer.
  • FIG. 6 is an explanatory view showing a mounting table on which a sealing member in which a moisture absorption layer and a protective layer are stacked and bonded together is mounted.
  • FIG. 7A and FIG. 7B are cross-sectional views of main parts of the adhesive material bonding apparatus.
  • FIG. 8 is an explanatory view showing the operation of the suction reversal member.
  • FIG. 9 is an explanatory view showing delivery of the tape member by the suction reversal member and the suction transfer member.
  • FIG. 10A and FIG. 10B are explanatory diagrams showing a nitrogen replacement process in the nitrogen replacement chamber.
  • FIG. 11A, FIG. 11B, and FIG. 11C are explanatory views showing a process of attaching an adhesive material to a sealing member.
  • FIG. 12B are explanatory views showing the operation of the suction hand.
  • FIG. 13A and FIG. 13B are explanatory views showing the operation of the tape member peeling apparatus.
  • FIG. 14 is an explanatory diagram showing an operation of placing the tape member peeled off from the adhesive material by the tape member gripping member and the release paper attached to the tape member on the upper surface of the tape member mounting table.
  • FIG. 15A, FIG. 15B, FIG. 15C, FIG. 15D, FIG. 15E, and FIG. 15F are explanatory views showing the operation of the tape member mounting table.
  • FIG. 16 is an explanatory view showing the movement of the substrate carried into the organic EL light emitting module manufacturing system.
  • FIG. 17 is an explanatory view showing the position adjustment of the substrate in the sealing member bonding apparatus.
  • FIG. 18A and FIG. 18B are explanatory views showing the movement of the substrate into the vacuum chamber.
  • FIG. 19 is an explanatory view showing an apparatus for bonding a substrate to a sealing member.
  • 20 (a), 20 (b), 20 (c), and 20 (d) are explanatory views showing the arrangement pattern of the movable central suction portion.
  • FIG. 21A, FIG. 21B, FIG. 21C, and FIG. 21D are explanatory views showing a process of bonding the substrate and the sealing member.
  • FIG. 22 is an explanatory diagram illustrating a process in which the bonded substrate and the sealing member are thermocompression bonded.
  • the portion described as “nitrogen” or “N 2 ” is not limited to nitrogen but may be an inert gas such as argon.
  • an inert gas such as nitrogen or argon water and oxygen are usually 100 ppm or less, preferably 10 ppm or less, and more preferably 5 ppm or less.
  • vacuum as an atmosphere refers to a state where the pressure is reduced from atmospheric pressure, and is usually a vacuum degree of about 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 3 to 100 Pa.
  • the organic EL light emitting module 1 manufactured by the organic EL light emitting module manufacturing system and the organic EL light emitting module manufacturing method according to the present invention will be described.
  • FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view showing a configuration example of an organic EL light emitting module 1 manufactured by the organic EL light emitting module manufacturing system and the organic EL light emitting module manufacturing method according to the present invention.
  • the organic EL light emitting module 1 includes a substrate 2, an organic EL element 3, an adhesive material 4, a moisture absorption layer 5 (first sheet-like member), and a protective layer 6 (second sheet-like member). including.
  • a plurality of elements of the organic EL light emitting module 1 such as the organic EL element 3, the adhesive material 4, the moisture absorption layer 5, and the protective layer 6 are formed on a single substrate 2.
  • a plurality of organic EL light emitting modules 1 are manufactured.
  • the organic EL element 3, the adhesive material 4, the moisture absorption layer 5, and the protective layer 6 are arranged in parallel in 3 rows and 4 columns on one substrate 2, so that 12 organic EL light emitting modules 1 are arranged.
  • Manufactured In the drawings shown below, there may be cases where a plurality of elements are shown, but the elements shown are configured in the same manner. In each drawing, a diagram showing two or three elements is used for convenience.
  • a plurality of elements may be arranged in parallel in at least one of the row direction and the column direction, or only one element may be formed on the substrate 2. Moreover, each element is not restricted to matrix form, You may be arranged in parallel by arbitrary aspects. From the viewpoint of improving productivity, it is preferable that a plurality of elements are formed on the substrate, and since the organic EL light emitting module 1 is easily cut, it is more preferable that the elements are arranged in a matrix.
  • an organic EL element 3 is formed on one surface 21 of the substrate 2.
  • the organic EL element 3 is sandwiched between the sheet-like adhesive material 4 disposed on the one surface 21 of the substrate 2 and the one surface 21 of the substrate 2. Therefore, one surface 31 of the organic EL element 3 is covered with one surface 21 of the substrate 2 and the other surface 32 is covered with the adhesive material 4.
  • a moisture absorbing layer 5 formed in a sheet shape is disposed on the other surface 42 opposite to the one surface 41 that covers the other surface 32 of the organic EL element 3. Therefore, the moisture absorption layer 5 is disposed so as to face the other surface 32 of the organic EL element 3 with the adhesive material 4 interposed therebetween. In addition, the moisture absorption layer 5 is arrange
  • the protective layer 6 has a recessed area 61 that accommodates the hygroscopic layer 5 and a flat area 62 around the recessed area 61.
  • the flat region 62 is bonded to the other surface 42 of the adhesive material 4.
  • the protective layer 6 is formed by forming a concave region 61 in advance by forming a region containing the hygroscopic layer 5 into a concave shape, or after forming the hygroscopic layer 5, the protective layer 6 conforms to the shape of the hygroscopic layer 5.
  • 6 is preferably formed with a recessed region 61.
  • the depth of the recess is preferably substantially equal to the thickness of the hygroscopic layer 5. The reason is that the surface formed by the hygroscopic layer 5 and the protective layer 6 is a flat surface, so that the adhesiveness with the adhesive material 4 is improved, and entry of moisture and oxygen from the outside can be prevented well. It is.
  • the sealing member 10 is comprised by the protective layer 6 and the moisture absorption layer 5 accommodated in the recessed area 61 of the protective layer 6.
  • the substrate 2 serves as a support for the organic EL element, and a quartz or glass plate, a metal plate or a metal foil, a plastic film or a sheet can be used.
  • a glass plate or a transparent synthetic resin plate or sheet such as polyester, polymethacrylate, polycarbonate, or polysulfone is preferred.
  • a method of providing a gas barrier property by providing a dense silicon oxide film or the like on at least one surface of a synthetic resin substrate is also a preferable method.
  • the thickness of the substrate 2 is usually 0.01 to 10 mm, preferably 0.02 to 1 mm.
  • the organic EL element 3 includes a first electrode formed on the substrate 2, an organic EL layer formed on the first electrode, and a second electrode formed on the organic EL layer. Light emitted from the light emitting layer of the organic EL layer of the organic EL element 3 is extracted through the substrate 2.
  • a conventionally well-known thing can be employ
  • the adhesive material 4 is a laminate of the substrate 2 and the organic EL element 3, the hygroscopic layer 5 and the protective layer 6, and is made of, for example, a thermoplastic sheet-like adhesive material having a thickness of about 25 to 100 ⁇ m. Since the characteristics of the adhesive material 4 have a great influence on the sealing performance of the organic EL light emitting module 1 together with the hygroscopic layer 5 and the protective layer 6, it is preferable that the material be a material that hardly holds moisture and oxygen.
  • the adhesive material 4 is preferably thermoplastic, and preferably contains a thermoplastic resin. Although it does not specifically limit as a thermoplastic resin contained in the adhesive material 4, For example, a polypropylene, polyethylene, a polystyrene, polyisobutylene, polyester, polyisoprene etc. can be mentioned. You may use these individually or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • the glass transition temperature of the thermoplastic resin is usually ⁇ 80 ° C. or higher, preferably ⁇ 20 ° C. or higher, from the viewpoint of heat resistance, and the upper limit is not particularly limited. It is also preferable that the adhesive 4 further contains a petroleum resin or a cyclic olefin polymer.
  • the moisture absorption layer 5 contains a desiccant
  • the desiccant is not particularly limited as long as it has a high hygroscopic property.
  • alkaline earth metals, alkali metals or oxides thereof, or inorganic porous materials can be used. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • alkaline earth metal or alkali metal oxides and inorganic porous materials are preferable, and calcium oxide and zeolite are particularly preferable.
  • the moisture absorption layer 5 is a sheet form.
  • the sheet-like moisture absorption layer can be produced by, for example, mixing a powdery desiccant with a resin and molding it into a sheet.
  • the moisture absorption layer may contain components other than the desiccant, and examples thereof include particles and rods made of Si, AlN, and C having high thermal conductivity.
  • the moisture absorption layer 5 of the present embodiment is formed in a sheet shape, and the lower limit of the thickness is usually 0.1 ⁇ m, preferably 1 ⁇ m, more preferably 10 ⁇ m.
  • the upper limit of the thickness is usually 500 ⁇ m, preferably 200 ⁇ m, more preferably 100 ⁇ m.
  • the protective layer 6 may block moisture and oxygen from the outside and may also function as a support when manufacturing the back member. Moreover, the protective layer 6 may have flexibility.
  • the protective layer 6 can be a metal foil or a laminate of a plastic film and an inorganic compound layer.
  • the protective layer 6 preferably has a gas barrier property.
  • the metal having gas barrier properties include aluminum, copper, nickel, alloy materials such as stainless steel and aluminum alloy.
  • a layer of an inorganic oxide such as silicon oxide or aluminum oxide, or a layer of inorganic nitride such as silicon nitride or aluminum nitride is laminated on a plastic film. And a laminated film.
  • the protective layer 6 is preferably a metal foil from the viewpoint of blocking moisture and oxygen from the outside, and the metal foil is preferably a copper foil and an aluminum foil from the viewpoint of cost reduction and workability, and has an appropriate rigidity. Then, aluminum foil is preferable. From the viewpoint of flexibility, a laminate of a plastic film and an inorganic compound is preferable.
  • the lower limit of the thickness of the protective layer 6 is usually 1 ⁇ m, preferably 10 ⁇ m, more preferably 40 ⁇ m.
  • the upper limit value of the thickness of the protective layer 6 is usually 500 ⁇ m, preferably 200 ⁇ m, more preferably 100 ⁇ m.
  • FIG. 2 is a flowchart showing the overall configuration of the embodiment of the manufacturing system of the organic EL light emitting module 1 according to the present invention.
  • the manufacturing system of the organic EL light emitting module 1 according to the present invention includes a sealing member manufacturing apparatus 100, an adhesive material laminating apparatus 200, a tape member peeling apparatus 300, and a sealing member laminating apparatus 400. And a thermocompression bonding apparatus 500.
  • the sealing member manufacturing apparatus 100 forms the sealing member 10 by laminating the hygroscopic layer 5 and the protective layer 6.
  • the adhesive material bonding apparatus 200 bonds the adhesive material 4 to the sealing member 10.
  • the tape member peeling apparatus 300 peels the release paper 45 (not shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2) previously attached to the adhesive material 4 from the adhesive material 4.
  • the sealing member bonding apparatus 400 attaches the sealing member 10 to the substrate 2 on which the organic EL element 3 is formed in advance.
  • the thermocompression bonding apparatus 500 performs thermocompression bonding between the sealing member 10 and the substrate 2.
  • sealing member manufacturing device 3A and 3B are cross-sectional views of the main part of the sealing member manufacturing apparatus 100.
  • the sealing member manufacturing apparatus 100 includes a plurality of pin members 110 (positioning portions), a plurality of stage members 120 (stage portions), and a suction head 130 (sheet-like member). And a hot plate 150 (thermocompression bonding portion) (not shown in FIG. 3).
  • the pin member 110 includes a base part 111 and a standing part 113 standing on the upper surface 112 of the base part 111.
  • the pedestal 111 has a first pedestal 114 having a cylindrical shape with a predetermined first diameter, and is formed to extend upward from the first pedestal 114, and has an upper surface 112, and the diameter becomes closer to the upper surface 112.
  • a second base part 115 having a truncated cone shape configured to be small.
  • the standing portion 113 is formed from a first standing portion 116 that is a cylindrical shape having a predetermined second diameter smaller than the first diameter, and from the first standing portion 116 upward, and an upper surface 117. And a second upright portion 118 having a truncated cone shape configured such that the diameter becomes smaller as it approaches the upper surface 117.
  • the side surface by the peripheral surface of the 1st standing part 116 is called 2nd side surface 119b.
  • the first base portion 114 constituting the first side surface 119a of the pin member 110 and the first standing portion 116 constituting the second side surface 119b are both assumed to be cylindrical. Either one or both may have other shapes such as a rectangular parallelepiped shape. Therefore, as will be described later, if the first side surface 119a is configured so that the hygroscopic layer 5 can be aligned, the first base portion 114 may have another shape such as a rectangular parallelepiped shape. Moreover, if the 2nd side surface 119b is comprised so that position alignment of the protective layer 6 is possible, the other 1st standing part 116 may be other shapes, such as a rectangular parallelepiped shape.
  • the stage member 120 is capable of placing the moisture absorption layer 5 as shown by a solid line in FIG. 3A, and on the back side of the protective layer 6 as shown by a solid line in FIG. 3B. It has the stage surface 121 which is the upper surface which can mount the center part which is the part in which the recessed part 61 is formed and is formed in convex shape.
  • the stage surface 121 is formed to have a shape and a width corresponding to the entire hygroscopic layer 5 and the central portion of the protective layer 6.
  • the flat region 62 of the protective layer 6 is placed on the upper surface 112 of the pedestal 111 of the pin member 110. As shown in FIG. Accordingly, the protective layer 6 is placed from the stage surface 121 to the upper surface 112 of the base portion 111 of the pin member 110.
  • the area on the back side of the recessed area 61 of the protective layer 6 is formed in a convex shape with respect to the plane area on the back side of the flat area 62.
  • the protective layer 6 is placed so that the recessed area 61 faces the suction surface 131 of the suction head 130. Therefore, when the protective layer 6 is placed on the stage member 120, the position of the stage surface 121 is lower than the upper surface 112 of the base 111 of the pin member 110 according to the height of the convex shape of the protective layer 6 described above. It is set to be.
  • FIG. 4 is a top view showing the positional relationship between the pin member 110 and the stage member 120.
  • each pin member 110 is installed adjacent to the central portion of the edge of the stage surface 121 in the stage member 120 having the square (or may be rectangular) stage surface 121. ing.
  • each pin member 110 is installed so that the mutual distance of the 1st side 119a may be shorter than the mutual distance of the 2nd side 119b.
  • the positional relationship between the pin member 110 and the stage member 120 is not limited to the example shown in FIG. 4.
  • Through holes are provided at equal intervals on the upper surface wider than the stage surface 121, and the pin members 110 are arranged in the respective through holes.
  • a plane of a square shape (which may be rectangular) corresponding to the stage surface 121 may be provided between the pin members 110.
  • FIGS. 3A and 3B show two stage members 120. While three or more stage members 120 are installed, A pin member 110 may be installed around each stage member 120. Specifically, for example, the stage members 120 may be arranged in 3 rows and 4 columns, and the pin members 110 may be installed around each stage member 120. According to such a configuration, the hygroscopic layer 5 and the protective layer 6 can be sequentially arranged in 3 rows and 4 columns, and twelve sealing members 10 can be generated in one operation step.
  • the stage member 120 moves up and down so that the distance between the stage surface 121 and the suction surface 131 of the suction head 130 (the suction surface 131 will be described later) changes.
  • the stage surface 121 is lowered to a position adjacent to the first side surface 119 a of the base 111 of the pin member 110.
  • the stage surface 121 is raised upward to a lower position corresponding to the height of the convex shape of the protective layer 6 described above with respect to the upper surface 112 of the base portion 111 of the pin member 110. Has moved.
  • the first side surface 119a of the base 111 of each pin member 110 is used to align the moisture absorption layer 5 placed on the stage surface 121 when the stage member 120 is at a low position.
  • the protective layer 6 is placed from the stage surface 121 to the upper surface 112 of the pedestal 111 of the pin member 110, the first portion 113 of the pin member 110 can be aligned.
  • Two side surfaces 119b can be used.
  • the second base portion 115 has a truncated cone shape.
  • the side surface of the second base portion 115 is formed. Further, it may be a shape having a recess or a notch in the vicinity of the boundary between the upper surface 112 and the upper surface 112 at least on the installation side of the protective layer 6.
  • the second pedestal 115 When the second pedestal 115 has a truncated cone shape, the vicinity of the boundary between the side surface of the second pedestal 115 and the upper surface 112 is in contact with the protective layer 6 so that the central part of the protective layer 6 is lifted from the stage surface 121. It is preferable that the diameter of the second base portion 115 is reduced as it approaches the upper surface 112 to such an extent that it does not become. The reason is that the alignment of the protective layer 6 and the bonding with the hygroscopic layer 5 can be performed with high accuracy, and the hygroscopic layer 5 is placed on the stage surface 121 of the stage member 120 and the first of the pin member 110. When the moisture absorbing layer 5 is disposed at a position determined by the side surface 119a, the moisture absorbing layer 5 is not easily caught on the end portion of the upper surface 112 of the base portion 111 of the pin member 110.
  • the side surface and the upper surface 112 of the second base part 115 when it has a shape near the boundary between the side surface of the second base part 115 and the upper surface 112 and having a recess or notch at least on the installation side of the protective layer 6, the side surface and the upper surface 112 of the second base part 115.
  • the vicinity of the boundary between the side surface of the second base portion 115 and the upper surface 112 becomes the protective layer 6 so that the central portion of the protective layer 6 does not float from the stage surface 121 when the vicinity of the boundary of the substrate contacts the protective layer 6.
  • a shape that does not contact is preferable.
  • the protective layer 6 is placed on the stage surface 121 of the stage member 120 and the first pin member 110 has a first surface.
  • the protective layer 6 is disposed at a position defined by the second side surface 119b of the standing portion 116, the protective layer 6 is not easily caught by the end portion of the upper surface 117 of the second side surface 119b of the first standing portion 116 of the pin member 110. .
  • the second standing portion 118 has a truncated cone shape.
  • the protective layer 6 is not designed to be hindered from adsorbing to the adsorption surface 131, the second standing portion 118 may be designed and manufactured precisely. 118 may be the same as the first standing portion 116, in other words, the structure without the second standing portion 118.
  • the pin member 110 has such a structure, the hygroscopic layer 5 and the protective layer 6 having different sizes are aligned and placed by the same pin member 110, so that the hygroscopic layer when laminated is stacked. 5 and the protective layer 6 can be favorably suppressed. Therefore, the hygroscopic layer 5 can be reliably accommodated in the recessed area 61 of the protective layer 6.
  • the suction head 130 has a suction surface 131 that is installed above the pin member 110 and the stage member 120 and faces the stage surface 121.
  • the suction surface 131 is provided with a plurality of suction holes 132, and when close to the stage surface 121, the moisture absorption layer 5 and the protective layer 6 sequentially placed on the stage surface 121 are sequentially vacuum-adsorbed.
  • the hot plate 150 heats and bonds the moisture absorption layer 5 and the protective layer 6 adsorbed by the adsorption surface 131 of the adsorption head 130 to each other.
  • the moisture absorbing layer 5 is placed on the stage surface 121 so that the end portion is in contact with the first side surface 119a of the pin member 110 in a state where the stage member 120 is in a low position. . Then, the adsorption head 130 descends in a direction approaching the stage surface 121 and adsorbs the moisture absorption layer 5 placed on the stage surface 121 to the adsorption surface 131.
  • the pin member 110 moves down together with the suction head 130 while maintaining the positional relationship between them, thereby allowing the suction head 130 to approach the stage surface 121.
  • the stage member 120 may be raised.
  • the moisture absorption layer 5 is adsorbed to the adsorption surface 131 of the adsorption head 130 and is held above the stage surface 121.
  • the stage member 120 moves so that the stage surface 121 is at the high position, and the end portion of the protective layer 6 contacts the second side surface 119 b of the pin member 110.
  • the protective layer 6 is placed from the stage surface 121 to the upper surface 112 of the base 111 of the pin member 110.
  • the adsorption head 130 is adsorbed on the adsorption surface 131 so as to overlap with the moisture absorption layer 5 holding the protective layer 6 placed on the stage surface 121 in the vicinity of the stage surface 121.
  • the movement of the pin member 110 at this time is the same as in the case of adsorption of the moisture absorption layer 5.
  • the protective layer 6 is adsorbed on the adsorption surface 131 of the adsorption head 130, and the hygroscopic layer 5 is accommodated in the recessed area 61 of the protective layer 6.
  • the hygroscopic layer 5 and the protective layer 6 constituting the member 10 are laminated.
  • the sealing member 10 is composed of the hygroscopic layer 5 and the protective layer 6, the organic EL element 3 sealed by the sealing member 10 can be well prevented from transmitting moisture and the like from the outside. Since the moisture absorption layer 5 absorbs a part of the moisture, the deterioration of the organic EL element 3 can be satisfactorily suppressed.
  • FIG. 5 is an explanatory view showing a hot plate 150 for heating the moisture absorbing layer 5 and the protective layer 6.
  • the suction head 130 is moved to another place where the hot plate 150 is located below while the sealing member 10 is sucked.
  • the hygroscopic layer 5 and the protective layer 6 stacked on the suction surface 131 of the suction head 130 and sucked upward are heated from below by the hot plate 150 and bonded together.
  • the hot plate 150 may heat and press the moisture absorbing layer 5 and the protective layer 6 and press them against the suction surface 131 of the suction head 130 for thermocompression bonding.
  • the heating temperature in thermocompression bonding is usually 40 ° C. or higher, preferably 50 ° C. or higher, and usually 300 ° C. or lower, preferably 200 ° C. or lower.
  • the heating time for thermocompression bonding is usually 1 second or longer, preferably 5 seconds or longer, and usually 30 minutes or shorter, preferably 15 minutes or shorter.
  • the adsorption head 130 is provided on the adsorption surface 131 outside the region facing the moisture absorption layer 5 in the region facing the protection layer 6. Adsorption is performed only by the suction holes 132 formed. This is preferable because it is possible to prevent the formation of irregularities due to the traces of adsorption by the suction holes 132 on the surface of the moisture absorption layer 5 facing the adsorption surface 131.
  • the suction head 130 is provided in the vicinity of the periphery of the region facing the moisture absorbing layer 5 out of the suction holes 132 provided outside the region facing the moisture absorbing layer 5 in the region facing the protective layer 6. Adsorption is preferably performed by the holes 132.
  • the boundary portion between the hygroscopic layer 5 and the protective layer 6 is sucked into a vacuum, and the hygroscopic layer 5 and the protective layer 6 come into close contact with each other at the boundary portion. Occurrence can be prevented.
  • FIG. 6 is an explanatory view showing a mounting table 610 on which the sealing member 10 in which the moisture absorption layer 5 and the protective layer 6 are laminated and bonded together is mounted.
  • the hygroscopic layer 5 and the protective layer 6 bonded together by the hot plate 150 are moved into the nitrogen replacement chamber 600 where the mounting table 610 is positioned below while being adsorbed by the adsorption head 130.
  • the mounting table 610 is installed in the nitrogen replacement chamber 600 and has a concave portion 616 on the upper surface 615 corresponding to the height of the convex shape generated by forming the concave region 61 in the protective layer 6. As shown in FIG.
  • the sealing member 10 in which the hygroscopic layer 5 and the protective layer 6 are laminated and bonded together has a convex shape of the protective layer 6 in the concave portion 616 on the upper surface 615 of the mounting table 610. Is placed so as to be accommodated. As shown in FIG. 6, the sealing member 10 is mounted on the recess 616 of the mounting table 610 in such a direction that the recess region 61 of the protective layer 6 is on the upper side. It is preferable that the recess 616 of the mounting table 610 has a suction hole and can suck the sealing member 10.
  • the adhesive material bonding apparatus 200 includes a plurality of pin members 210, a plurality of stage members 220, and a suction head 230.
  • the adhesive material laminating apparatus 200 further includes an adsorption reversal member 240 (not shown in FIGS. 7A and 7B), and an adsorption transfer member 250 (FIGS. 7A and 7B) as a tape member adsorption portion. (Not shown in FIG. 7), a mounting table 610 (not shown in FIGS. 7A and 7B), and a roller member 611 (not shown in FIGS. 7A and 7B).
  • the stage member 220 has a stage surface 221 that is an upper surface on which the adhesive material 4 having release papers 43a and 43b attached in advance on both sides can be placed.
  • the stage surface 221 is formed by a plurality of pin members 210 so as to have a shape and a width corresponding to the entire adhesive material 4.
  • the adhesive material 4 may have a release paper attached only on one side.
  • the plurality of pin members 210 are formed, for example, from a cylindrical first base portion 211 and the first base portion 211 upward, and having an upper surface 212. And a second base portion 215 having a frustoconical shape configured such that the diameter decreases as it approaches the upper surface 212.
  • a side surface 219 of the pin member 210 is configured by the peripheral surface of the first base portion 211.
  • the pin member 210 is configured such that when the adhesive material 4 is placed on the stage surface 221, the adhesive material 4 comes into contact with the side surface 219, and the upper surface 212 is the stage.
  • the upper surface 212 transitions to a lower state where the upper surface 212 is substantially the same height as the stage surface 221 from a higher state where the member 220 is higher than the stage surface 221. That is, the pin member 210 moves up and down relatively with respect to the stage surface 221 of the stage member 220.
  • the pin member 210 is set to the above-described high state, and the adhesive material 4 is placed on the stage surface 221 so that the release paper 43a is on the upper surface.
  • the side surface 219 of the pin member 210 the relative positional relationship of the plurality of adhesive materials 4 is maintained in a predetermined arrangement.
  • the suction head 230 has the release paper 43a on one surface and the release paper 43b on the other surface in advance, and the stage surface 221 of the stage member 220.
  • the adhesive material 4 placed on is adsorbed and held from above. Specifically, the stage member 220 and the pin member 210 are moved upward as a unit. After the surface of the suction head 230 and the upper surface 212 of the pin member 210 abut, only the stage member 220 is moved upward, and the suction head 230 and the adhesive material 4 are brought close to each other, so that the suction head 230 Adhesive material 4 is adsorbed.
  • the suction head 230 sucks the release paper 43a and holds the adhesive material 4 and the release paper 43b upward.
  • the adsorption head 230 and the stage member 220 are separated again to some extent to bring the pin member 210 into the low state, and the stage surface 221 of the plurality of stage members 220 and the plurality of pin members
  • the strip-shaped tape member 7 is placed over the upper surface 212 of 210. Note that one surface 71 facing upward in the placed tape member 7 has adhesiveness.
  • the adhesive material 4 that is attracted and held upward by the suction head 230 brings the suction head 230 and the stage member 220 close together again, thereby causing the tape member 7 to adhere.
  • release paper 43 a is removed from the tape member 7.
  • the removal of the release paper 43a may be performed manually or may be performed by an apparatus for removing the release paper.
  • the tape member 7 has a belt shape, but the tape member 7 may have a belt shape or a sheet shape that has been cut into a predetermined size in advance. It is preferable that the tape member 7 has a strip shape because the tape member can be easily and continuously supplied by unwinding operation in continuous production.
  • a blank area 72 where the adhesive material 4 is not attached is provided at least at one end of the belt-like tape member to which the adhesive material 4 is attached.
  • the strip-shaped tape member has the stage surface of the plurality of stage members 220 such that when the adhesive material 4 is applied, a blank area 72 where the adhesive material 4 is not applied is provided at least at one end. 221 and the upper surface 212 of the plurality of pin members 210. 7B, in the strip-shaped tape member 7 to which the adhesive material 4 is attached, the adhesive material 4 is disposed at the end opposite to the unwinding side in the longitudinal direction (on the right side in FIG. 7B). The figure in which the blank area 72 where no is attached is provided is shown.
  • the blank area 72 to which the adhesive material 4 is not applied may be on the tape winding side (left side in FIG. 7B) in FIG. 7B, or the band-shaped tape member may be wound. It may be an end having a side parallel to the extrusion direction (front side or back side as viewed in FIG. 7B).
  • FIG. 8 is an explanatory view showing the operation of the adsorption reversing member 240.
  • the adsorption reversal member 240 has adsorption surfaces 241 for adsorbing the area between the plurality of adhesive materials 4 attached to the tape member 7 and the blank area 72.
  • the suction reversal member 240 sucks the tape member 7 onto the suction surface 241 from above the tape member 7 placed over the stage surfaces 221 of the plurality of stage members 220 and the upper surfaces 212 of the plurality of pin members 210. . That is, on one surface 71 of the tape member 7, the region between the adhered adhesive materials 4 and the blank region 72 are adsorbed below the adsorption surface 241 of the adsorption reversal member 240.
  • the adsorption reversal member 240 performs a vertical reversal operation as shown in FIG. That is, on one surface 71 of the tape member 7, the region between the affixed adhesive materials 4 and the blank region 72 are adsorbed above the adsorption surface 241 of the adsorption reversal member 240.
  • the suction reversing member 240 is rotatably supported at both ends in the longitudinal direction, for example, and rotates up and down around the longitudinal direction to perform the upside down operation.
  • the upside down operation performed by the suction inversion member 240 may be performed by other methods.
  • FIG. 9 is an explanatory diagram showing delivery of the tape member 7 by the suction reversal member 240 and the suction transfer member 250 (tape member suction portion).
  • the adsorption transfer member 250 adsorbs the other surface 73 on the back side of one surface 71 of the tape member 7 from above the adsorption surface 241 of the adsorption reversal member 240 and also reverses the adsorption.
  • the member 240 ends the suction operation.
  • the tape member 7 is transferred from the suction reversal member 240 to the suction transfer member 250.
  • the adsorption transfer member 250 moves together with the tape member 7 on the nitrogen replacement chamber 600.
  • the adhesive material 4 to which only the release paper 43b is attached is used, first, as in FIG. 7A, the adhesive material 4 to which only the release paper 43b is attached is brought into contact with the side surface 219 of the pin member 210, And it arrange
  • the adhesive material 4 and the tape member 7 can be attached in the same process as described above.
  • a fluorinated resin can be used, and specific examples thereof include polytetrafluoroethylene.
  • the adhesive material 4 to which only the release paper 43a is attached is used, first, as in FIG. 7A, the adhesive material 4 to which only the release paper 43a is attached is brought into contact with the side surface 219 of the pin member 210, In addition, the adhesive material surface on the opposite side of the release paper 43 a is disposed so as to contact the stage surface 221 of the stage member 220.
  • the stage surface 221 is formed of a material to which the adhesive material 4 does not adhere.
  • a fluorinated resin can be used, and specific examples thereof include polytetrafluoroethylene.
  • the pin member 210 is lowered to a position equal to or lower than the height of the surface of the release paper 43a of the adhesive material 4.
  • the adhesive surface of the adhesive tape member 7 is disposed so as to face the release paper 43 a of the adhesive material 4, and the adhesive surface of the tape member 7 is applied to the release paper 43 a of the adhesive material 4. Paste.
  • the tape member 7 to which the adhesive material 4 is attached via the release paper 43a can be obtained. According to this method, the step of inverting the tape member 7 to which the adhesive material 4 is attached is not necessary, and the production efficiency can be increased.
  • this process using the adhesive material 4 having the release paper attached to only one side is preferable.
  • FIGS. 10A and 10B are explanatory diagrams showing a nitrogen replacement process by the nitrogen replacement chamber 600.
  • FIG. 10A the nitrogen replacement chamber 600 has an upper surface 606 provided with a through hole 605.
  • the adsorption transfer member 250 that has adsorbed the tape member 7 downward is located above the placement table 610 in the nitrogen replacement chamber 600 on which the sealing member 10 is placed.
  • the mounting table 610 is provided with a roller member 611 (described later) that can move along the longitudinal direction of the tape member 7.
  • the upper portion of the suction transfer member 250 is covered by the upper surface portion 601 and the lower portion of the mounting table 610 is covered by the lower surface portion 602. Further, the side of the mounting table 610 is covered with a side surface 603.
  • the side surface 603 has a lower end in contact with the upper surface of the lower surface portion 602.
  • the through hole 605 provided in the upper surface 606 of the nitrogen replacement chamber 600 is blocked by the side surface portion 603 and the lower surface portion 602 so that the nitrogen in the nitrogen replacement chamber 600 does not flow out to the outside. Has been.
  • the upper surface portion 601 moves downward, or the lower surface portion 602, the side surface portion 603, and the nitrogen replacement chamber 600 move upward, and the upper surface portion 601 and the lower surface portion 602 are moved.
  • the side surface portion 603 the upper end of the side surface portion 603 abuts on the upper surface portion 601 and the lower end of the side surface portion 603 becomes the lower surface portion 602. Contact
  • the space is sealed (first state). It is assumed that the roller member 611 is disposed at a position that does not interfere even when the upper surface portion 601 and the lower surface portion 602 approach each other. At this time, the adhesive material 4 and the sealing member 10 are not in contact with each other. Then, in a state where the space is sealed, air is exhausted from the space and evacuated, and then nitrogen is supplied to create a nitrogen atmosphere in the space.
  • nitrogen replacement in the first state of the space is performed in a state in which the upper surface portion 601 and the lower surface portion 602 are close to each other, so that the volume of the space for discharging air and replacing nitrogen can be reduced.
  • the interior of the space can be made a nitrogen atmosphere in a shorter time.
  • FIGS. 11A, 11 ⁇ / b> B, and 11 ⁇ / b> C are explanatory diagrams illustrating a process of attaching the adhesive material 4 to the sealing member 10.
  • the lower surface portion 602 moves downward, or the upper surface portion 601 and the side surface portion 603 move upward, so that the upper surface portion 601 and the lower surface portion 602 are relatively separated from each other,
  • the roller member 611 becomes movable (second state) along the longitudinal direction of the tape member 7.
  • the lower surface portion 602 moves downward.
  • the roller member 611 includes a support portion 612 and a roller portion 613.
  • One end of the support portion 612 is supported by the mounting table 610 so as to be movable along the longitudinal direction of the tape member 7, and the other end supports the roller portion 613 so as to be rotatable.
  • the roller part 613 is formed in a cylindrical shape and rotates around the central axis.
  • the roller portion 613 has a strip-shaped tape member 7 between the suction transfer member 250 and the tape member 7 while peeling the tape member 7 from the suction transfer member 250. Rolling from one end to the other end along the longitudinal direction. That is, as the support portion 612 of the roller member 611 moves along the longitudinal direction of the tape member 7, the roller portion 613 rolls while peeling the tape member 7 from the suction transfer member 250. Further, the peripheral surface of the roller portion 613 presses the adhesive material 4 against the sealing member 10 from the tape member 7 side, and bonds the adhesive material 4 to the sealing member 10.
  • the roller portion 613 rolls from one end portion to the other end portion along the longitudinal direction of the tape member 7, and presses the adhesive material 4 against the sealing member 10 from the tape member 7 side by the peripheral surface. Since the adhesive material 4 is configured to be bonded to the sealing member 10, it is possible to favorably prevent a space from being generated between the adhesive material 4 and the sealing member 10.
  • the suction transfer member 250 is configured such that when the tape member 7 is peeled from the one end to the other end along the longitudinal direction of the tape member 7, the other end of the tape member is removed. It is preferable to continue the suction operation on the side. Thereby, it is possible to prevent the tape member 7 from falling downward while the roller portion 613 is rolling.
  • the tape member 7 and the sealing member 10 can be bonded with high accuracy without causing the positions of the tape member 7 and the sealing member 10 to shift during the rolling of the roller, and the occurrence of wrinkles in the adhesive material 4 can be prevented. It can prevent well and it can prevent that a space
  • the inside is provided by at least a part of the upper surface portion 601 and the suction transfer member 250 by an operator. Or it is preferable that the window part is provided so that it can confirm with monitoring apparatuses, such as imaging
  • the suction hand 700 will be described.
  • the suction hand 700 is used to transfer the adhesive material 4, the sealing member 10, and the tape member 7 bonded together to the vacuum chamber 800 from the nitrogen substitution chamber 600.
  • the vacuum chamber 800 is a container whose inside can be in a vacuum atmosphere.
  • FIG. 12A and 12B are explanatory views showing the operation of the suction hand 700.
  • FIG. 12 (a) the suction hand 700 has the tape member 7, the adhesive material 4, and the sealing member 10 that are mounted on the mounting table 610 and bonded to each other. 7 is attracted and held upward from the other surface 73 side.
  • the suction hand 700 is installed in the vacuum chamber 800 while sucking and holding the tape member 7, the adhesive material 4, and the sealing member 10 bonded together. Then, it moves above the mounting table 802 having the upper surface 801. Next, the suction hand 700 places the tape member 7, the adhesive material 4, and the sealing member 10 bonded together on the upper surface 801 of the placement table 802.
  • FIGS. 13A and 13B are explanatory views showing the operation of the tape member peeling apparatus 300.
  • the tape member peeling apparatus 300 includes a tape member bending member 301, a tape member gripping member 302 (grip), and a tape member peeling assisting member 303.
  • (B) includes a tape member mounting table 304 (mounting table) (not shown).
  • the tape member bending member 301 is, for example, a rod-like body that is supported so as to be movable toward the tape member 7 placed on the upper surface 801 of the placement table 802. When the portion comes into contact with the blank area 72 of the tape member 7, the blank area 72 of the tape member 7 is bent upward.
  • the tape member gripping member 302 moves away from the tape member 7 while gripping at least a part of the blank area 72 of the tape member 7 that is bent, whereby the tape member 7 and the tape member 7.
  • the release paper 43b affixed to is peeled from the adhesive material 4.
  • the tape member gripping member 302 moves away from the tape member 7 while gripping the blank area 72 of the bent tape member 7.
  • the tape member peeling auxiliary member 303 moves in the longitudinal direction of the tape member 7 similarly to the tape member holding member 302 while pressing the tape member 7 below the moving tape member holding member 302 against the adhesive material 4. Then, the tape member 7 is pulled by the tape member gripping member 302 with the position where the tape member peeling assisting member 303 is pressed against the adhesive material 4 as the tape member gripping member 302 and the tape member peeling assisting member 303 move.
  • the tape member 7 and the release paper 43 b attached to the tape member 7 are peeled from the adhesive material 4.
  • the tape member peeling auxiliary member 303 is formed so that it may have a right-angled triangular cross section, other shapes may be sufficient.
  • the peel angle of the peeled tape member 7 is preferably an acute angle.
  • the tape member peeling auxiliary member 303 has a flat surface in contact with the tape member 7, and the tape member 7 is pulled by the tape member gripping member 302. It is preferable that the angle of the cross section of the part which becomes a fulcrum is an acute angle shape. Further, when the shape of the tape member peeling assisting member 303 is a thin plate, the curvature of the shape of the cross section of the tape member peeling assisting member 303 that becomes a fulcrum when the tape member 7 is pulled by the tape member gripping member 302 is used. The radius is preferably 5 ⁇ m or more so as not to cut the tape member 7.
  • the radius of curvature of the cross-sectional shape of the tape member peeling assisting member 303 that becomes a fulcrum when the tape member 7 is pulled by the tape member gripping member 302 is uniformly peeled with the peeling angle kept at an acute angle. In order to achieve this, it is preferably 5 mm or less.
  • the tape member gripping member 302 places the tape member 7 peeled from the adhesive material 4 and the release paper 43b attached to the tape member 7 on the upper surface 305 of the tape member mounting table 304.
  • FIG. 14 illustrates the operation of placing the tape member 7 peeled from the adhesive material 4 by the tape member gripping member 302 and the release paper 43b attached to the tape member 7 on the upper surface 305 of the tape member mounting table 304.
  • the tape member peeling apparatus 300 is installed in a nitrogen atmosphere separated from the outside air by the partition member 310.
  • the tape member mounting base 304 is provided on the top surface of the partition member 310, and is covered from the outside by a lid 311 (lid portion) that is opened when pushed up. It moves below the hole 312.
  • the outer shape and outer diameter of the tape member mounting table 304 and the inner shape and inner diameter of the through hole 312 are set so that the tape member mounting table 304 and the through hole 312 can be fitted.
  • the lid 311 is in contact with the outer surface of the top surface of the partition member 310 via a sealing member such as an O-ring.
  • FIG. 15 (a) to 15 (f) are explanatory diagrams showing the operation of the tape member mounting table 304.
  • FIG. 15A the tape member mounting table 304 that has moved below the through-hole 312 moves upward as shown in FIG. 15B, and passes through the tape member 7 from which the upper surface 305 has been peeled off. And adheres to the lower surface of the lid 311.
  • the tape member mounting table 304 moves further upward, the tape member mounting table 304 pushes the lid 311 upward at the upper surface 305 as shown in FIG.
  • the lid 311 pushed upward by the upper surface 305 of the tape member mounting table 304 is further lifted upward by a lid support member (not shown), and the tape member is removed by a tape member removal member (not shown).
  • the tape member 7 mounted on the upper surface 305 of the mounting table 304 and the release paper 43b attached to the tape member 7 are removed. This step may be performed manually or by an apparatus for removing the tape member.
  • the outer shape and outer diameter of the tape member mounting table 304 and the inner shape and inner diameter of the through hole 312 are such that the tape member mounting table 304 and the through hole 312 can be fitted. Is set. Therefore, even if the lid 311 is in the open state as shown in FIGS. 15C and 15D, the inflow of outside air through the through hole 312 can be well prevented. Note that it is preferable that the atmospheric pressure of the nitrogen atmosphere is higher than the external atmospheric pressure because the inflow of outside air can be more effectively prevented even if the airtightness is not high.
  • FIG. 16 is an explanatory view showing the movement of the substrate 2 carried into the manufacturing system of the organic EL light emitting module. As shown in FIG. 16, the substrate 2 moves while being supported from below by a plurality of rollers 411 that are rotatably supported.
  • FIG. 17 is an explanatory diagram showing position adjustment of the substrate 2 in the sealing member laminating apparatus 400.
  • the sealing member laminating apparatus 400 includes an imaging unit 401 that images the substrate 2, and the substrate 2 is placed, and the substrate 2 is moved and rotated based on the imaging result of the imaging unit 401.
  • an adjustment table 402 to be adjusted.
  • the imaging unit 401 images the substrate 2 placed on the adjustment table 402.
  • the adjustment table 402 adjusts the position of the substrate 2 based on the positions where the alignment marks shown at the two opposite corners and the four corners of the substrate 2 are previously photographed.
  • the control unit (not shown) of the adjustment base 402 determines that the position of the substrate 2 is shifted in the moving direction by the roller 411 compared to the specified position based on the imaging result. Then, the roller 411 is rotationally driven to move the substrate 2 to a specified position.
  • the control unit of the adjustment base 402 determines that the orientation of the substrate 2 is oblique on the placement surface with respect to the prescribed orientation based on the imaging result, the substrate 2 is in the prescribed orientation.
  • the adjustment table 402 is rotated along the mounting surface.
  • FIG. 18A and 18B are explanatory views showing the movement of the substrate 2 into the vacuum chamber 800.
  • FIG. 18A When the adjustment of the position and the like of the substrate 2 is completed, the adjustment table 402 moves below the lid portion 803 of the vacuum chamber 800 with the substrate 2 placed thereon (FIG. 18A).
  • the lid portion 803 has a concave portion 804 whose downward direction is the opening direction.
  • a substrate adsorbing member 805 substrate adsorbing upper surface portion
  • having a plurality of suction holes for vacuum adsorbing the substrate 2 on the lower surface 820 is indicated by a broken line in FIG. As shown, the substrate 2 placed on the adjustment table 402 is sucked and held upward.
  • the adjustment table 402 moves to the place where the photographing unit 401 or the like is installed and the position or the like is adjusted. , Away from the bottom of the lid 803 of the vacuum chamber 800.
  • the mounting table 802 (member setting unit) on which the sealing member 10 to which the adhesive material 4 is bonded is mounted at a position below the lid 803 of the vacuum chamber 800 where the adjustment table 402 is separated. It moves together with a chamber lower part 807 having a recess 806 that covers the lower side and the side of the mounting table 802 and opens upward.
  • the end surface of the concave portion 804 in the lid portion 803 of the vacuum chamber 800 and the end surface 808 of the concave portion 806 in the chamber lower portion 807 come into contact with each other, whereby the inside and the outside of the vacuum chamber 800 are partitioned, and the substrate 2 by the substrate adsorbing member 805 At the same time, the vacuuming operation for making the inside of the vacuum chamber 800 a vacuum atmosphere is performed, and the inside becomes a vacuum atmosphere.
  • the opening shape of the recess 806 of the chamber lower portion 807 is formed such that the end surface 808 supports the outer edge portion of the substrate 2. Accordingly, when the adsorption operation of the substrate 2 by the substrate adsorption member 805 is completed, the outer edge portion of the substrate 2 is supported by the end surface 808 (support base portion) of the recess 806 of the chamber lower portion 807.
  • the difference in height between the lower surface 820 and the end surface 808 is usually 10 mm or less, preferably 5 mm or less, and more preferably 2 mm or less in order to suppress an impact when contacting the outer edge portion of the substrate 2.
  • the difference in height from the end face 808 is usually 0.01 mm or more, preferably 0.1 mm or more in addition to the thickness of the substrate 2.
  • the end surface 808 (support base) of the recess 806 of the chamber lower portion 807 is the same as the surface facing the end surface of the recess 804 of the lid 803, but the end surface 808 is provided with a step. May be formed.
  • the outer edge portion of the substrate 2 supported by being in contact with the end surface 808 of the recess 806 of the chamber lower portion 807 may be the four corners of the rectangular substrate 2, or the end sides along two opposing short sides or long sides. Part.
  • FIG. 19 is an explanatory view showing an apparatus for bonding the substrate 2 to the sealing member 10 to which the adhesive material 4 is bonded.
  • a movable central suction portion 810 (movable suction portion) that can be moved in the vertical direction in the figure and can push down the substrate 2 is provided at the central portion of the substrate suction member 805.
  • the movable central suction portion 810 is formed with a pressing surface 811 that contacts the other surface 22 on the back side of the one surface 21 on which the organic EL element 3 is formed on the substrate 2.
  • the pressing surface 811 is also provided with a suction hole that can suck the substrate 2.
  • the tip of the movable suction portion 810 where the pressing surface 811 is formed may be a convex portion 812 as shown in FIG.
  • the substrate 2 bends downward by the weight of the substrate 2 itself.
  • the amount of downward displacement increases toward the center of the substrate 2.
  • the displacement amount of the central portion of the substrate 2 when the substrate 2 is sucked and only the outer edge portion of the substrate 2 is supported and bent downward by its own weight is previously stored. It is preferable to keep track of it.
  • the movable central suction portion 810 may be provided at a position corresponding to the central portion of the rectangular substrate 2 (FIG. 20A) or in the short direction passing through the central portion in the longitudinal direction of the substrate 2. It may be provided with a length of about the short side of the substrate 2 along a straight line (FIG. 20B). Moreover, the movable center adsorption
  • the mounting table 802 in the chamber lower portion 807 is movable upward, and the sealing member 10 to which the adhesive material 4 mounted on the upper surface 801 is bonded is attached to the substrate. 2 and the organic EL element 3 formed on the one surface 21 with the adhesive material 4 sandwiched between them, and the sealing member 10 and the substrate 2 can be bonded together via the adhesive material 4.
  • the mounting table 802 preferably has a suction hole (not shown) capable of sucking the sealing member 10 to which the adhesive material 4 placed on the upper surface 801 is bonded.
  • FIG. 21A is explanatory views showing a process of bonding the substrate 2 and the sealing member 10 through the adhesive material 4.
  • FIG. 21A the substrate 2 is adsorbed upward by the lower surface 820 of the substrate adsorbing member 805 and the pressing surface 811 of the movable central adsorbing portion 810.
  • the space inside the vacuum chamber 800 (more specifically, the space surrounded by the lid portion 803 and the chamber lower portion 807) is, for example, a nitrogen atmosphere at atmospheric pressure until the lid portion 803 and the chamber lower portion 807 come into contact with each other. Suppose there is.
  • the space inside the vacuum chamber 800 is evacuated after the lid portion 803 and the chamber lower portion 807 are brought into contact and in close contact until the substrate 2 and the sealing member 10 are bonded together via the adhesive material 4. Create a vacuum atmosphere.
  • the suction method of the movable central suction portion is vacuum suction, the vacuum degree of suction of the movable central suction portion to such an extent that the suction of the substrate 2 is maintained by the vacuum suction of the movable central suction portion. This is higher than the degree of vacuum in the space inside the vacuum chamber 800.
  • the sealing member 10 to which the adhesive material 4 placed on the upper surface 801 of the placement table 802 is bonded is attracted to the upper surface 801 of the placement table 802 by vacuum suction, the adhesive material 4 is removed.
  • the degree of vacuum in which the bonded sealing member 10 is vacuum-sucked on the upper surface 801 of the mounting table 802 is set higher than the degree of vacuum in the space inside the vacuum chamber 800.
  • the suction operation by the pressing surface 811 of the movable central suction portion 810 is continued and the suction operation by the lower surface 820 of the substrate suction member 805 is stopped, the outer edge portion of the substrate 2 is moved as shown in FIG.
  • the substrate 2 is bent downward by the weight of the substrate 2 itself, and the outer edge portion comes into contact with the end surface 808 of the recess 806 of the chamber lower portion 807.
  • the inside of the vacuum chamber 800 does not need to start evacuation, may start evacuation, or may start evacuation and does not have a predetermined degree of vacuum. Good.
  • the suction operation by the pressing surface 811 of the movable central suction portion 810 is continued, and the movable central suction portion 810 is moved downward (FIGS. 21C and 21D).
  • suction part 810 moves below by the amount of displacement of the center part of the board
  • the inside of the vacuum chamber 800 does not need to start evacuation, may start evacuation, or may start evacuation and does not have a predetermined degree of vacuum. Good.
  • the sealing member 10 mounted on the upper surface 801 comes into contact with the organic EL element 3 formed on the one surface 21 of the substrate 2 through the adhesive material 4. Then, the sealing member 10 and the substrate 2 are sequentially bonded from the central portion of the substrate 2 to the end portion via the adhesive material 4.
  • the suction operation by the movable central suction unit 810 is continued until the sealing member 10 and the substrate 2 are bonded to each other through the adhesive material 4, and the movable central suction unit 810 is moved by the mounting table 802.
  • the substrate 2 moves upward as the substrate 2 is pushed up.
  • the inside of the vacuum chamber 800 is preferably at a predetermined degree of vacuum.
  • the deflection due to the weight of the substrate 2 is large because the angle formed by the substrate 2 and the sealing member 10 is large, and the generation of voids can be suppressed well and uniformly adhered.
  • the amount of bending due to the weight of the substrate 2 is maximized.
  • the outer edge portion of the substrate 2 supported by being in contact with the end surface 808 is an edge portion along two opposing short or long sides of the rectangular substrate, the outer edge portion of the substrate 2 is in contact with and supported by the end surface 808.
  • the movable central suction portion 810 can suck the center line parallel to the edge of the substrate 2 supported by being in contact with the end surface 808, it is preferable because the substrate can be stably held.
  • the substrate 2 can be stably held and the amount of bending is large.
  • the movable central suction unit 810 continues to suck the substrate 2, and the mounting table 802 holds the sealing member 10.
  • the mounting table 802 holds the sealing member 10.
  • the movable central suction portion 810 has been described as moving downward by the amount of displacement deflected downward due to the weight of the substrate 2, but the downward movement amount of the movable central suction portion 810 is due to its own weight. It may be set to a value appropriately changed from the displacement amount.
  • the movable central suction unit 810 moves the mounting table 802 upward and the organic EL element 3 formed on the substrate 2 comes into contact with the sealing member 10 via the adhesive material 4.
  • the substrate 2 adsorbed at the same speed as the upward movement speed of 802 may be moved upward, or a predetermined load is applied downward (that is, to the substrate 2) during the movement, and the substrate 2 is placed.
  • the table 802 may be moved upward together with the substrate 2 in accordance with the pushing up of the table 802.
  • FIG. 22 is an explanatory diagram showing a process in which the substrate 2 and the sealing member 10 bonded together with the adhesive material 4 are thermocompression bonded.
  • the upper hot plate portion 501 located above the substrate 2, the adhesive material 4, and the sealing member 10 accommodated in the thermocompression bonding apparatus 500 removes the substrate 2 from the other surface 22 side of the substrate 2.
  • the substrate 2 is pressed toward the sealing member 10 through the adhesive material 4 while being heated.
  • the lower hot plate portion 502 (hot plate portion) below the substrate 2 the adhesive material 4 and the sealing member 10 accommodated in the thermocompression bonding apparatus 500 is sealed from the protective layer 6 side of the sealing member 10.
  • the member 10 is heated and the sealing member 10 is pressed toward the substrate 2. Therefore, the substrate 2, the adhesive material 4, and the sealing member 10 are sandwiched between the upper hot plate portion 501 and the lower hot plate portion 502 and are thermocompression bonded.
  • the region on the back side of the recessed region 61 of the protective layer 6 is formed in a convex shape with respect to the planar region on the back side of the flat region 62. Therefore, in the lower hot plate portion 502 facing the convex shape, the lower hot plate portion 502 has a shape and height corresponding to the convex shape in a range facing the flat region on the back side of the flat region 62, preferably in a shape corresponding to the convex shape. And the convex part 503 formed higher than the convex shape is provided.
  • the outer edge portion is more reliably thermocompression bonded to the substrate 2, and the organic EL element 3 and the moisture absorption layer 5 formed on the one surface 21 of the substrate 2 are more reliably sealed with the sealing member 10, the adhesive material 4, and the substrate 2. Can be stopped.
  • the organic EL element 3 is sealed by the sealing member 10 and the adhesive material 4 in which the moisture absorption layer 5 and the protective layer 6 are laminated, so that the organic EL due to the permeation of moisture or the like from the outside.
  • the organic EL light emitting module 1 that favorably suppresses the deterioration of the element 3 can be manufactured.
  • the moisture absorbing layer 5 and the protective layer 6 having different sizes are accurately aligned and stacked by a simple mechanism that simply moves the pin member 110 up and down, the production of defective products due to misalignment is suppressed.
  • a highly efficient manufacturing system of the organic EL light emitting module 1 can be realized.
  • the suction is performed only through the suction holes provided outside the region facing the moisture absorbing layer 5 among the regions facing the protective layer 6.
  • the formation of irregularities due to the traces of inhalation by the suction holes provided in the suction surface 131 of the suction head 130 can be prevented well, so that the organic layer having a good sealing performance can be obtained.
  • the EL light emitting module 1 can be manufactured.
  • the thermocompression bonding process between the protective layer 6 and the moisture absorbing layer 5 the moisture absorbing layer 5 and the protective layer 6 are brought into close contact with each other in the region facing the suction surface 131 of the suction head 130, and It is possible to satisfactorily prevent a space from being generated. Thereby, the organic electroluminescent light emitting module 1 with favorable sealing performance can be manufactured.
  • the roller portion 613 rolls from one end portion to the other end portion along the longitudinal direction of the tape member 7, and presses the adhesive material 4 against the sealing member 10 from the tape member 7 side by the peripheral surface. Since the adhesive material 4 is configured to be bonded to the sealing member 10, it is possible to favorably prevent a space from being generated between the adhesive material 4 and the sealing member 10. Thereby, the organic electroluminescent light emitting module 1 with favorable sealing performance can be manufactured.
  • the suction transfer member 250 continues the suction operation on the other end portion side of the tape member 7 when the roller portion 613 peels the tape member 7 from the one end portion side of the tape member 7. It is possible to prevent the tape member 7 from falling downward while the part 613 is rolling. Further, since the other end portion is adsorbed and fixed, the tape member 7 and the sealing member 10 can be accurately moved without the positions of the tape member 7 and the sealing member 10 being shifted during the rolling of the roller portion 613. Generation
  • the nitrogen replacement operation is performed in a state where the upper surface portion 601 and the lower surface portion 602 are relatively close to each other, the volume of the space for performing the nitrogen replacement can be reduced. And the time of the nitrogen gas introduction process can be shortened. Thereby, the production efficiency of the organic EL light emitting module 1 can be increased.
  • the partition member 310 for partitioning the nitrogen atmosphere from the outside air is provided with a through hole 312 that fits into the tape member mounting table 304 when the tape member mounting table 304 moves upward. Since the cover 311 covering the hole 312 is pushed up, mixing of nitrogen and outside air through the through-hole 312 can be well prevented. Thereby, the production efficiency of the organic EL light emitting module 1 can be increased.
  • the substrate 2 is supported by the movable central suction portion 810 and the end surface 808 of the concave portion 806 of the chamber lower portion 807, and then the movable central suction portion 810 is moved downward so that the central portion of the substrate 2 is placed in the chamber.
  • the sealing member 10 to which the adhesive material 4 is bonded is placed with the substrate 2 adsorbed by the movable central adsorbing portion 810 held down from the end surface 808 of the recess 806 of the lower portion 807.
  • the mounting table 802 is moved upward, and the substrate 2 and the movable central suction unit 810 are interlocked with each other, while the mounting table 802 is moved together with the sealing member 10 to which the substrate 2 and the adhesive material 4 are bonded together.
  • the substrate 2 and the sealing member 10 are sequentially bonded to each other through the adhesive 4 from the center portion to the end portion of the substrate 2. Thereby, since it can prevent favorably that a space
  • the adhesive material 4 and the sealing material are placed at predetermined positions on the substrate 2.
  • the member 10 can be affixed. Thereby, the manufacturing system of the organic EL light emitting module 1 with high production efficiency in which the occurrence of defective products due to the positional deviation is suppressed can be realized.
  • the convex portion 503 is provided in the lower hot plate portion 502 at a position corresponding to the end portion of the sealing member 10, the outer edge portion of the sealing member 10 to which the adhesive material 4 is bonded is more reliably substrated. 2, the organic EL element 3 and the hygroscopic layer 5 formed on the one surface 21 of the substrate 2 can be more reliably sealed, and the deterioration of the organic EL element 3 can be satisfactorily suppressed.

Abstract

A system for manufacturing an organic EL light emission module is provided with: a sealing member production device (100) for producing a sealing member (10) in which a moisture absorption layer (5) and a protective layer (6) are stacked; and a sealing member bonding device (400) for bonding the sealing member (10) onto one surface (21) of a substrate (2) on which an organic EL element (3) is formed, and sealing the organic EL element (3). The sealing member production device (100) produces the sealing member (10) in which the moisture absorption layer (5) and the protective layer (6) are stacked by a suction head (130) sequentially suctioning the moisture absorption layer (5) and the protective layer (6).

Description

有機EL発光モジュールの製造システム、および有機EL発光モジュールの製造方法Organic EL light emitting module manufacturing system and organic EL light emitting module manufacturing method
 本発明は、有機EL発光モジュールの製造システム、および有機EL発光モジュールの製造方法に関する。 The present invention relates to an organic EL light emitting module manufacturing system and an organic EL light emitting module manufacturing method.
 有機エレクトロルミネッセンス(EL)発光モジュールは、例えば、ガラスやプラスチックなどの透光性基板、透明電極からなる陽極、有機薄膜からなる有機EL層、陰極を順次積層した有機EL素子を具備する。有機EL発光モジュールは、数V程度の低電圧で高輝度の面発光を示すこと、発光物質の選択により任意の色調での発光が可能であることなどの理由により、近年実用化に向けて精力的に開発が行なわれている。 An organic electroluminescence (EL) light emitting module includes an organic EL element in which a light-transmitting substrate such as glass or plastic, an anode made of a transparent electrode, an organic EL layer made of an organic thin film, and a cathode are sequentially laminated. The organic EL light emitting module has been energetically aimed at practical use in recent years because it exhibits surface emission with high brightness at a low voltage of about several volts and light emission in an arbitrary color tone is possible by selecting a light emitting material. Development is underway.
 特許文献1~3には、それぞれ有機EL発光モジュールの製造方法が記載されている。 Patent Documents 1 to 3 each describe a method for manufacturing an organic EL light emitting module.
 有機EL発光モジュールは、有機EL層や陰極を大気に晒された状態で放置すると、大気中の水分により有機EL層の発光領域が収縮するように非発光領域が拡大する現象(シュリンク)が生じ、その結果有機EL素子が劣化する。 When the organic EL light emitting module is left exposed to the atmosphere with the organic EL layer or cathode exposed to the air, a phenomenon (shrink) occurs in which the non-light emitting region expands so that the light emitting region of the organic EL layer contracts due to moisture in the air. As a result, the organic EL element deteriorates.
 特許文献1および特許文献2には、金属箔を用いて有機EL層を封止する方法が記載されている。また、特許文献3には、封止用接着剤によって有機EL層を封止する方法が記載されている。また、特許文献4には、封止層内に脱水剤や脱酸素剤を配置して、有機EL素子の水分や酸素による劣化を防ぐ構造が記載されている。 Patent Document 1 and Patent Document 2 describe a method of sealing an organic EL layer using a metal foil. Patent Document 3 describes a method of sealing an organic EL layer with a sealing adhesive. Patent Document 4 describes a structure in which a dehydrating agent or an oxygen scavenger is disposed in a sealing layer to prevent deterioration of the organic EL element due to moisture or oxygen.
日本国特開2004-303528号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2004-303528 日本国特開2004-303529号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2004-303529 日本国特開2007-35514号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2007-35514 日本国特開2006-80084号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2006-80084
 特許文献1~3には、1層によって有機EL層を封止する方法が記載されているが、当該1層では、外部からの水分が透過し、有機EL素子を劣化させるおそれがある。 Patent Documents 1 to 3 describe a method of sealing an organic EL layer by one layer. However, in the one layer, moisture from the outside may pass through and the organic EL element may be deteriorated.
 また、特許文献4には、脱水剤等を配置することにより有機EL素子の劣化を防ぐ構造が記載されているが、このような複雑な積層構造を有する封止構造を精度よくかつ効率的に実現する製造システムや製造方法については十分な検討がなされていないのが実情である。 Patent Document 4 describes a structure for preventing the deterioration of the organic EL element by disposing a dehydrating agent or the like. However, a sealing structure having such a complicated laminated structure can be accurately and efficiently used. In fact, the manufacturing system and manufacturing method to be realized have not been sufficiently studied.
 本発明はこのような課題に鑑みてなされたものであり、その目的とするところは、有機EL素子の劣化を良好に抑制することができる有機EL発光モジュールの高精度かつ高効率な製造システム、および有機EL発光モジュールの高精度かつ高効率な製造方法を提供することにある。 This invention is made | formed in view of such a subject, The place made into the objective is the highly accurate and highly efficient manufacturing system of the organic electroluminescent light emitting module which can suppress deterioration of an organic electroluminescent element favorably, Another object of the present invention is to provide a highly accurate and highly efficient manufacturing method of an organic EL light emitting module.
 上述した目的を達成するため、本発明の要旨は、以下の[1]~[18]に存する。 In order to achieve the above object, the gist of the present invention resides in the following [1] to [18].
 [1] 有機EL発光モジュールの製造システムであって、
有機EL素子が形成されている基板の一方の面に封止部材を貼り合せて、前記基板と前記封止部材との間に前記有機EL素子を封止する封止部材貼り合せ装置を備え、
前記封止部材貼り合せ装置は、
 前記基板を吸着する基板吸着上面部と、
 前記吸着上面部の下方に位置し、前記基板の端部のみを下方から支持可能な支持台部と、
 前記基板吸着上面部の下方に位置し、前記封止部材が載置される部材セット部と、
 前記基板吸着上面部の中央に設けられた、前記基板の中央部を吸着可能でかつ上下に移動可能な可動式吸着部とを含み、
 前記基板が、前記基板吸着上面部と前記可動式吸着部とにより吸着された状態から、前記基板吸着上面部の吸着を開放することによって前記可動式吸着部と前記支持台部とにより支持される状態とし、
 その後、前記可動式吸着部を下方に移動させることにより前記基板の中央部を前記支持台部より下方に押し下げた状態とし、
 次いで、前記可動式吸着部による前記基板の吸着を保持したまま、前記封止部材が載置された前記部材セット部を上方に移動させ、前記基板と前記可動式吸着部とを連動させながら、前記部材セット部を前記基板と前記封止部材とともに前記吸着上面部に押し付けることで、前記基板の中央部から端部に向かって順次前記基板と前記封止部材とを貼り合わせる
 ことを特徴とする有機EL発光モジュールの製造システム。
[1] An organic EL light emitting module manufacturing system,
A sealing member laminating apparatus that seals the organic EL element between the substrate and the sealing member by attaching a sealing member to one surface of the substrate on which the organic EL element is formed;
The sealing member laminating apparatus is
A substrate adsorbing upper surface for adsorbing the substrate;
A support base which is located below the upper surface of the suction and can support only the end of the substrate from below;
A member set part that is located below the substrate adsorption upper surface part and on which the sealing member is placed;
A movable suction part provided in the center of the substrate suction upper surface part, capable of sucking the center part of the substrate and movable up and down;
The substrate is supported by the movable suction portion and the support base by releasing the suction of the substrate suction upper surface portion from the state where the substrate is sucked by the substrate suction upper surface portion and the movable suction portion. State
Thereafter, by moving the movable suction portion downward, the central portion of the substrate is pushed downward from the support base portion,
Next, while holding the suction of the substrate by the movable suction portion, while moving the member set portion on which the sealing member is placed, while interlocking the substrate and the movable suction portion, The substrate and the sealing member are bonded together in order from the center portion to the end portion of the substrate by pressing the member setting portion together with the substrate and the sealing member against the suction upper surface portion. Organic EL light emitting module manufacturing system.
[2] 有機EL発光モジュールの製造システムであって、
 第1のシート状部材、および前記第1のシート状部材よりも広い面を有する第2のシート状部材が積層された封止部材を作製する封止部材作製装置と、
 有機EL素子が形成されている基板の一方の面に前記封止部材を貼り合せて、前記基板と前記封止部材との間に前記有機EL素子を封止する封止部材貼り合せ装置とを備え、
 前記封止部材作製装置は、
 部材吸着用の吸入孔が複数設けられた吸着面を有するシート状部材吸着部と、
 前記第1のシート状部材および前記第2のシート状部材を順次載置可能なステージ面を有するステージ部とを含み、
 前記シート状部材吸着部が前記第1のシート状部材および前記第2のシート状部材を順次吸着することによって前記第1のシート状部材および前記第2のシート状部材が積層された前記封止部材を作製する前記封止部材作製装置であって、
 前記ステージ部には、前記第1のシート状部材が載置された領域を含む領域に前記第2のシート状部材が載置され、
 前記封止部材作製装置は、前記第1のシート状部材および前記第2のシート状部材の載置の位置合わせのために、第1側面を有する台部と第2側面を有するように前記台部から上方に立設された立設部とをそれぞれ有する複数の位置合わせ部をさらに含み、
 前記複数の位置合わせ部は、前記第1側面の相互の距離が前記第2側面の相互の距離よりも短いように設置され、
 前記第1のシート状部材は、端部が前記複数の位置合わせ部のそれぞれの前記第1側面に当接するように前記ステージ部の前記ステージ面に載置され、
 前記シート状部材吸着部は、前記ステージ部と近接させることにより前記ステージ部の前記ステージ面に載置された前記第1のシート状部材を前記吸着面に吸着し、
 前記第2のシート状部材は、端部が前記複数の位置合わせ部のそれぞれの前記第2側面に当接するように前記ステージ部の前記ステージ面に載置され、
 前記シート状部材吸着部は、前記ステージ部と近接させることにより前記ステージ部の前記ステージ面に載置された前記第2のシート状部材を前記第1のシート状部材が吸着されている前記吸着面に重畳して吸着し、前記第1のシート状部材と前記第2のシート状部材とを積層する
 ことを特徴とする有機EL発光モジュールの製造システム。
[2] An organic EL light emitting module manufacturing system,
A sealing member producing apparatus for producing a sealing member in which a first sheet-like member and a second sheet-like member having a wider surface than the first sheet-like member are laminated;
A sealing member laminating apparatus for laminating the sealing member on one surface of a substrate on which an organic EL element is formed, and sealing the organic EL element between the substrate and the sealing member; Prepared,
The sealing member manufacturing apparatus is
A sheet-like member adsorption portion having an adsorption surface provided with a plurality of suction holes for adsorbing members;
A stage portion having a stage surface on which the first sheet-like member and the second sheet-like member can be sequentially placed;
The sealing in which the first sheet-like member and the second sheet-like member are stacked by the sheet-like member adsorbing portion sequentially adsorbing the first sheet-like member and the second sheet-like member. The sealing member manufacturing apparatus for manufacturing a member,
In the stage portion, the second sheet-like member is placed in a region including a region where the first sheet-like member is placed,
The sealing member manufacturing apparatus includes a base portion having a first side surface and a second side surface for positioning the first sheet-like member and the second sheet-like member. A plurality of alignment portions each having a standing portion standing upward from the portion;
The plurality of alignment portions are installed such that a mutual distance between the first side surfaces is shorter than a mutual distance between the second side surfaces,
The first sheet-like member is placed on the stage surface of the stage portion such that an end portion thereof abuts on the first side surface of each of the plurality of alignment portions.
The sheet-like member adsorption unit adsorbs the first sheet-like member placed on the stage surface of the stage unit by adjoining the stage unit to the adsorption surface,
The second sheet-like member is placed on the stage surface of the stage portion so that an end portion thereof abuts on the second side surface of each of the plurality of alignment portions.
The said sheet-like member adsorption | suction part makes the said 1st sheet-like member adsorb | suck the said 2nd sheet-like member mounted in the said stage surface of the said stage part by making it adjoin to the said stage part. A manufacturing system of an organic EL light emitting module, wherein the first sheet-like member and the second sheet-like member are stacked on and adsorbed on a surface.
[3] 前記封止部材作製装置は、前記シート状部材吸着部が吸着して積層された前記第1シート状部材と前記第2シート状部材とを前記吸着面に押しつけるとともに、前記第1シート状部材と前記第2シート状部材とを加熱する熱圧着処理を行って前記第1シート状部材と前記第2シート状部材とによる前記封止部材を形成する熱圧着部をさらに含み、
 前記シート状部材吸着部は、前記熱圧着部による前記熱圧着処理の実行中には、前記第2シート状部材に対向する領域のうち、前記第1シート状部材に対向する領域外に設けられた吸入孔のみで吸入を行う
 ことを特徴とする前記[2]に記載の有機EL発光モジュールの製造システム。
[3] The sealing member manufacturing apparatus presses the first sheet-like member and the second sheet-like member, which are stacked by adsorbing the sheet-like member adsorption portion, against the adsorption surface, and the first sheet A thermocompression bonding part that forms a sealing member by the first sheet-like member and the second sheet-like member by performing a thermocompression-bonding process for heating the shape-like member and the second sheet-like member;
The sheet-like member adsorbing portion is provided outside a region facing the first sheet-like member in a region facing the second sheet-like member during execution of the thermocompression processing by the thermocompression-bonding portion. The organic EL light-emitting module manufacturing system according to [2], wherein inhalation is performed only through the suction hole.
[4] 前記封止部材を前記基板に貼り合せるための粘着材を前記封止部材に貼り合せる粘着材貼り合せ装置をさらに備え、
 前記粘着材は、シート状に形成されており、シート状に形成された前記粘着材の一の面には剥離紙が貼付され、前記剥離紙の前記一の面とは反対の面は帯状のテープ部材に貼付され、
 前記粘着材貼り合せ装置は、
 前記粘着材が貼付された前記テープ部材における前記粘着材が貼付されている面の反対側の面を吸着する吸着動作を行うテープ部材吸着部と、
 円筒状に形成されて中心軸周りに回転するローラ部とを含み、
 前記テープ部材吸着部は、前記第1のシート状部材が上面の一部をなすように載置テーブルに載置されている前記封止部材の上方で前記テープ部材を吸着して保持し、
 前記ローラ部は、前記テープ部材吸着部から前記テープ部材を剥離しながら前記テープ部材吸着部と前記テープ部材との間を帯状の前記テープ部材の長手方向に沿って一方の端部から他方の端部の方向へ転動するとともに、周面によって前記テープ部材側から前記粘着材を前記封止部材に押しつけて前記粘着材を前記封止部材に貼り合せる
 ことを特徴とする前記[2]または[3]に記載の有機EL発光モジュールの製造システム。
[4] An adhesive material laminating apparatus for laminating an adhesive material for laminating the sealing member to the substrate to the sealing member,
The adhesive material is formed in a sheet shape, a release paper is attached to one surface of the adhesive material formed in a sheet shape, and a surface opposite to the one surface of the release paper is a belt-like shape Affixed to the tape member,
The adhesive material laminating apparatus is
A tape member adsorbing portion that performs an adsorbing operation for adsorbing the surface opposite to the surface on which the adhesive material is affixed in the tape member to which the adhesive material is affixed;
A roller portion that is formed in a cylindrical shape and rotates around a central axis,
The tape member suction part sucks and holds the tape member above the sealing member placed on the placement table so that the first sheet-like member forms part of the upper surface,
The roller portion is configured such that the tape member is peeled from the tape member suction portion while the tape member is separated from the tape member along the longitudinal direction of the tape member between the tape member suction portion and the tape member. [2] or [2], wherein the adhesive material is bonded to the sealing member by rolling in the direction of the portion and pressing the adhesive material against the sealing member from the tape member side by a peripheral surface. 3] The manufacturing system of the organic EL light emitting module according to [3].
[5] 前記テープ部材吸着部は、前記ローラ部が前記テープ部材の長手方向に沿って一方の端部側から前記テープ部材を剥離していくときに、前記テープ部材の他方の端部側において前記吸着動作を継続する
 ことを特徴とする前記[4]に記載の有機EL発光モジュールの製造システム。
[5] The tape member adsorbing portion is formed on the other end side of the tape member when the roller portion peels the tape member from one end side along the longitudinal direction of the tape member. The system for producing an organic EL light-emitting module according to [4], wherein the adsorption operation is continued.
[6] 前記テープ部材は、前記剥離紙が貼付される貼付領域と前記貼付領域の外方にある余白領域とを有し、
 前記ローラ部は、前記テープ部材の長手方向の一方の端部の前記余白領域から他方の端部の方向へ、前記貼付領域に亘り前記粘着材を前記封止部材に貼り合せるように転動する
 ことを特徴とする前記[4]または[5]に記載の有機EL発光モジュールの製造システム。
[6] The tape member has a pasting area to which the release paper is pasted and a blank area outside the pasting area.
The roller portion rolls from the blank region at one end of the tape member in the longitudinal direction to the other end so as to bond the adhesive material to the sealing member over the pasting region. The production system for an organic EL light-emitting module according to [4] or [5], wherein:
[7] 前記粘着材貼り合せ装置は、
 前記テープ部材吸着部の上方を覆う上面部と、前記載置テーブルの下方を覆う下面部と、前記上面部と前記下面部とに挟まれた空間の側方を覆う側面部とを含み、
 前記下面部と前記上面部とが相対的に近づくことによって、前記上面部に前記側面部の上端が当接し、前記側面部の下端に前記下面部が当接した状態であって、前記テープ部材を吸着している前記テープ部材吸着部および前記封止部材が載置されている前記載置テーブルを収容した前記空間内を密閉する第1状態と、前記下面部が前記上面部から離間することによって、前記テープ部材吸着部と前記テープ部材との間を前記ローラ部が転動可能な隙間を有する第2状態との間で相互に遷移し、
 少なくとも前記下面部を収容した窒素置換チャンバにおいて、前記第1状態とされたときに前記空間から空気が排出された後に前記空間に窒素が供給される窒素置換動作が行われ、前記第2状態においても前記空間内を窒素雰囲気に維持する
 ことを特徴とする前記[4]~[6]のうちいずれか1つに記載の有機EL発光モジュールの製造システム。
[7] The adhesive material laminating apparatus includes:
Including an upper surface portion covering the upper side of the tape member adsorbing portion, a lower surface portion covering the lower side of the mounting table, and a side surface portion covering a side of a space sandwiched between the upper surface portion and the lower surface portion,
When the lower surface portion and the upper surface portion are relatively close to each other, the upper end of the side surface portion is in contact with the upper surface portion, and the lower surface portion is in contact with the lower end of the side surface portion, and the tape member A first state in which the space containing the placement table on which the tape member suction portion and the sealing member on which the sealing member is placed is sealed, and the lower surface portion are separated from the upper surface portion. By the transition between the tape member adsorption portion and the tape member between the second state having a gap in which the roller portion can roll,
In the nitrogen replacement chamber that accommodates at least the lower surface portion, a nitrogen replacement operation is performed in which nitrogen is supplied to the space after air is exhausted from the space when the first state is established. The space in the space is maintained in a nitrogen atmosphere. The manufacturing system of an organic EL light emitting module according to any one of [4] to [6], wherein
[8] 前記テープ部材とともに前記テープ部材に貼付された前記剥離紙を前記粘着材から剥離するテープ部材剥離装置をさらに備え、
 前記テープ部材剥離装置は、
 窒素雰囲気中に設置され、
 前記テープ部材において前記剥離紙が貼付された貼付領域の外方にある余白領域を把持し、前記テープ部材とともに前記テープ部材に貼付された前記剥離紙を前記粘着材から剥離する把持部と、
 前記把持部が前記粘着材から剥離した前記テープ部材および前記剥離紙が載置され、前記テープ部材を載置可能な上面を有する載置台とを含み、
 窒素雰囲気と外気とを仕切るための仕切り部材には、前記載置台が上方に移動すると前記載置台と嵌合する貫通孔が天面に設けられるとともに、前記貫通孔を外方から覆う蓋部が設置され、
 前記載置台は、上方に移動すると前記テープ部材が載置された前記上面によって前記蓋部を押し上げる
 ことを特徴とする前記[4]~[7]のうちいずれか1つに記載の有機EL発光モジュールの製造システム。
[8] The apparatus further comprises a tape member peeling device for peeling the release paper attached to the tape member together with the tape member from the adhesive material,
The tape member peeling device is
Installed in a nitrogen atmosphere,
A gripping part for gripping a blank area outside the sticking area to which the release paper is stuck in the tape member, and for peeling the release paper stuck to the tape member together with the tape member from the adhesive material;
The tape member peeled from the adhesive material and the release paper are placed, and a mounting table having an upper surface on which the tape member can be placed;
The partition member for partitioning the nitrogen atmosphere and the outside air is provided with a through-hole that fits the mounting table on the top surface when the mounting table moves upward, and a lid that covers the through-hole from the outside. Installed,
The organic EL light-emitting device according to any one of [4] to [7], wherein when the mounting table moves upward, the lid is pushed up by the upper surface on which the tape member is mounted. Module manufacturing system.
[9] 前記封止部材と前記基板とを熱圧着する熱圧着装置をさらに備え、
 前記熱圧着装置は、
 前記封止部材を前記基板に押しつけるとともに前記封止部材を加熱する封止部材熱圧着処理を行うホットプレート部を含み、
 前記ホットプレート部は、前記封止部材の端部に対応する位置に凸部が設けられている
 ことを特徴とする前記[1]~[8]のうちいずれか1つに記載の有機EL発光モジュールの製造システム。
[9] A thermocompression bonding apparatus that thermocompression-bonds the sealing member and the substrate,
The thermocompression bonding apparatus is
Including a hot plate portion for pressing the sealing member against the substrate and performing a sealing member thermocompression treatment for heating the sealing member;
The organic EL light emitting device according to any one of [1] to [8], wherein the hot plate portion is provided with a convex portion at a position corresponding to an end portion of the sealing member. Module manufacturing system.
[10] 有機EL素子が形成されている基板の一方の面に封止部材を貼り合せて、前記基板と前記封止部材との間に前記有機EL素子を封止する有機EL発光モジュールの製造方法であって、
 前記基板を吸着する基板吸着上面部と、
 前記吸着上面部の下方に位置し、前記基板の端部のみを下方から支持可能な支持台部と、
 前記基板吸着上面部の下方に位置し、前記封止部材が載置される部材セット部と、
 前記基板吸着上面部の中央に設けられた、前記基板の中央部を吸着可能でかつ上下に移動可能な可動式吸着部とを有する封止部材貼り合せ装置が、
 前記基板を、前記基板吸着上面部と前記可動式吸着部とによって吸着する状態から、前記基板吸着上面部の吸着を開放することによって前記可動式吸着部と前記支持台部とにより支持する状態とする基板支持ステップと、
 その後、前記可動式吸着部を下方に移動させることにより前記基板の中央部を前記支持台部より下方に押し下げた状態とする基板押下ステップと、
 次いで、前記可動式吸着部による前記基板の吸着を保持したまま、前記封止部材が載置された前記部材セット部を上方に移動させ、前記基板と前記可動式吸着部とを連動させながら、前記部材セット部を前記基板と前記封止部材とともに前記吸着上面部に押し付けることで、前記基板の中央部から端部に向かって順次前記基板と前記封止部材とを貼り合わせる貼り合せステップとを実行する
 ことを特徴とする有機EL発光モジュールの製造方法。
[10] Manufacture of an organic EL light emitting module in which a sealing member is bonded to one surface of a substrate on which an organic EL element is formed, and the organic EL element is sealed between the substrate and the sealing member A method,
A substrate adsorbing upper surface for adsorbing the substrate;
A support base which is located below the upper surface of the suction and can support only the end of the substrate from below;
A member set part that is located below the substrate adsorption upper surface part and on which the sealing member is placed;
A sealing member laminating device provided at the center of the substrate suction upper surface portion and having a movable suction portion that can suck the center portion of the substrate and move up and down,
A state in which the substrate is supported by the movable suction portion and the support base by releasing the suction of the substrate suction upper surface portion from a state in which the substrate is sucked by the substrate suction upper surface portion and the movable suction portion. A substrate support step,
Thereafter, a substrate pressing step for moving the movable suction portion downward to bring the central portion of the substrate downward from the support base, and
Next, while holding the suction of the substrate by the movable suction portion, while moving the member set portion on which the sealing member is placed, while interlocking the substrate and the movable suction portion, A pressing step of pressing the member set portion together with the substrate and the sealing member against the suction upper surface portion, and sequentially bonding the substrate and the sealing member from the central portion toward the end portion of the substrate; A method for manufacturing an organic EL light emitting module, comprising:
[11] 有機EL発光モジュールの製造方法であって、
 第1のシート状部材、および前記第1のシート状部材よりも広い面を有する第2のシート状部材が積層された封止部材を作製する封止部材作製装置の、前記第1のシート状部材および前記第2のシート状部材を順次載置可能なステージ面を有するステージ部に、前記第1のシート状部材が載置される第1のシート状部材載置ステップと、
 前記封止部材作製装置のシート状部材吸着部を前記ステージ部と近接させることにより、前記ステージ面に載置された前記第1のシート状部材を前記ステージ面に対向して部材吸着用の吸入孔が複数設けられた吸着面に吸着する第1のシート状部材吸着ステップと、
 前記ステージ部において、前記第1のシート状部材が載置された領域を含む領域に前記第2のシート状部材が載置される第2のシート状部材載置ステップと、
 前記封止部材作製装置の前記シート状部材吸着部を前記ステージ部と近接させることにより、前記ステージ面に載置された前記第2のシート状部材を前記第1のシート状部材が吸着されている前記吸着面に重畳して吸着し、前記第1のシート状部材と前記第2のシート状部材とを積層する第2のシート状部材吸着ステップと、
 封止部材貼り合せ装置が、有機EL素子が形成されている基板の一方の面に前記封止部材を貼り合せて、前記基板と前記封止部材との間に前記有機EL素子を封止する有機EL封止ステップとを含み、
 前記第1のシート状部材載置ステップでは、前記第1のシート状部材の載置の位置合わせのために、第1側面を有する台部と第2側面を有するように前記台部から上方に立設された立設部とをそれぞれ有し、前記第1側面の相互の距離が前記第2側面の相互の距離よりも短いように複数の位置合わせ部が設置され、前記複数の位置合わせ部のそれぞれの前記第1側面に端部が当接するように前記第1のシート状部材を前記ステージ部に載置し、
 前記第2のシート状部材載置ステップでは、前記第2のシート状部材の載置の位置合わせのために、前記複数の位置合わせ部のそれぞれの前記第2側面に端部が当接するように前記第2のシート状部材を前記ステージ部に載置する
 ことを特徴とする有機EL発光モジュールの製造方法。
[11] A method of manufacturing an organic EL light emitting module,
The first sheet-like member of a sealing member producing apparatus for producing a sealing member in which a first sheet-like member and a second sheet-like member having a wider surface than the first sheet-like member are laminated. A first sheet-like member placement step in which the first sheet-like member is placed on a stage portion having a stage surface on which a member and the second sheet-like member can be placed in sequence;
By sucking the sheet-like member suction portion of the sealing member manufacturing apparatus close to the stage portion, the first sheet-like member placed on the stage surface faces the stage surface and sucks the member. A first sheet-like member adsorption step for adsorbing to an adsorption surface provided with a plurality of holes;
A second sheet-like member placement step in which the second sheet-like member is placed in a region including a region where the first sheet-like member is placed in the stage portion;
By bringing the sheet-like member suction portion of the sealing member manufacturing apparatus close to the stage portion, the first sheet-like member is sucked by the second sheet-like member placed on the stage surface. A second sheet-like member adsorption step of adsorbing and superposing on the adsorption surface, and laminating the first sheet-like member and the second sheet-like member;
A sealing member bonding apparatus bonds the sealing member to one surface of the substrate on which the organic EL element is formed, and seals the organic EL element between the substrate and the sealing member. An organic EL sealing step,
In the first sheet-like member placement step, for the positioning of the placement of the first sheet-like member, the base portion having the first side surface and the second side surface are disposed upward from the base portion. A plurality of alignment portions, each having a plurality of alignment portions, the plurality of alignment portions being installed such that a mutual distance between the first side surfaces is shorter than a mutual distance between the second side surfaces. The first sheet-like member is placed on the stage portion so that the end portion comes into contact with the first side surface of each of the first side surface,
In the second sheet-like member placement step, an end portion is brought into contact with the second side surface of each of the plurality of alignment portions in order to align the placement of the second sheet-like member. The method for manufacturing an organic EL light emitting module, wherein the second sheet-like member is placed on the stage portion.
[12] 前記封止部材作製装置の熱圧着部が、前記第2のシート状部材吸着ステップで前記シート状部材吸着部によって積層された前記第1シート状部材と前記第2シート状部材とを前記吸着面に押しつけるとともに、前記第1シート状部材と前記第2シート状部材とを加熱する熱圧着処理を行って前記第1シート状部材と前記第2シート状部材とによる前記封止部材を形成するシート状部材熱圧着ステップをさらに含み、
 前記シート状部材吸着部は、前記熱圧着ステップで、前記熱圧着部による前記熱圧着処理の実行中には、前記第2シート状部材に対向する領域のうち、前記第1シート状部材に対向する領域外に設けられた吸入孔のみで吸入を行う
 ことを特徴とする前記[11]に記載の有機EL発光モジュールの製造方法。
[12] The thermocompression bonding part of the sealing member manufacturing apparatus includes the first sheet-like member and the second sheet-like member laminated by the sheet-like member adsorption part in the second sheet-like member adsorption step. The sealing member formed by the first sheet-like member and the second sheet-like member is pressed against the suction surface and subjected to a thermocompression treatment for heating the first sheet-like member and the second sheet-like member. A sheet-like member thermocompression bonding step to be formed;
In the thermocompression bonding step, the sheet-like member adsorption portion faces the first sheet-like member in a region facing the second sheet-like member during execution of the thermocompression treatment by the thermocompression-bonding portion. The method for producing an organic EL light emitting module according to [11], wherein suction is performed only through a suction hole provided outside the area to be performed.
[13] 前記封止部材を前記基板に貼り合せるための粘着材であって、シート状に形成されて予め一の面には剥離紙が貼付され、前記一の面とは反対の面は前記剥離紙が帯状のテープ部材に貼付された前記粘着材を前記封止部材に貼り合せる粘着材貼り合せ装置のテープ部材吸着部が、前記粘着材が貼付された前記テープ部材における前記粘着材が貼付されている面の反対側の面を吸着する吸着動作を行うテープ部材吸着ステップと、
 前記テープ部材吸着部が、前記第1のシート状部材が上面の一部をなすように載置テーブルに載置されている前記封止部材の上方で前記テープ部材を吸着して保持する吸着保持ステップと、
 前記粘着材貼り合せ装置の円筒状に形成されて中心軸周りに回転するローラ部が、前記テープ部材吸着部から前記テープ部材を剥離しながら前記テープ部材吸着部と前記テープ部材との間を帯状の前記テープ部材の長手方向に沿って一方の端部から他方の端部の方向へ転動するとともに、周面によって前記テープ部材側から前記粘着材を前記封止部材に押しつけて前記粘着材を前記封止部材に貼り合せる粘着材貼り合せステップを含む
 ことを特徴とする前記[11]または[12]に記載の有機EL発光モジュールの製造方法。
[13] An adhesive material for bonding the sealing member to the substrate, which is formed in a sheet shape and has a release paper pasted on one surface in advance, and the surface opposite to the one surface is the surface A tape member adsorbing portion of an adhesive material laminating apparatus for adhering the adhesive material with a release paper affixed to a strip-shaped tape member to the sealing member, and the adhesive material in the tape member with the adhesive material affixed thereto A tape member adsorption step for performing an adsorption operation to adsorb the surface opposite to the surface being performed;
The suction holding unit that sucks and holds the tape member above the sealing member that is placed on the placement table so that the first sheet-like member forms part of the upper surface of the tape member suction unit. Steps,
A roller portion that is formed in a cylindrical shape of the adhesive material laminating device and rotates around a central axis peels off the tape member from the tape member adsorption portion, and forms a band between the tape member adsorption portion and the tape member. Rolling from one end portion to the other end portion along the longitudinal direction of the tape member, and pressing the adhesive material against the sealing member from the tape member side by a peripheral surface The method for producing an organic EL light-emitting module according to [11] or [12], further including an adhesive material bonding step of bonding to the sealing member.
[14] 前記テープ部材吸着部は、前記粘着材貼り合せステップで、前記ローラ部が前記テープ部材の長手方向に沿って一方の端部側から前記テープ部材を剥離していくときに、前記テープ部材の他方の端部側において前記吸着動作を継続する
 ことを特徴とする前記[13]に記載の有機EL発光モジュールの製造方法。
[14] The tape member adsorbing portion is the tape when the roller portion peels the tape member from one end side along the longitudinal direction of the tape member in the adhesive material laminating step. The method of manufacturing an organic EL light-emitting module according to [13], wherein the adsorption operation is continued on the other end side of the member.
[15] 前記テープ部材は、前記剥離紙が貼付される貼付領域と前記貼付領域の外方にある余白領域とを有し、
 前記ローラ部は、前記粘着材貼り合せステップで、前記テープ部材の長手方向の一方の端部の前記余白領域から他方の端部の方向へ、前記貼付領域に亘り前記粘着材を前記封止部材に貼り合せるように転動する
 ことを特徴とする前記[13]または[14]に記載の有機EL発光モジュールの製造方法。
[15] The tape member has a pasting area to which the release paper is pasted and a blank area outside the pasting area,
In the adhesive material laminating step, the roller portion applies the adhesive material to the sealing member over the pasting region from the blank region at one end portion in the longitudinal direction of the tape member to the other end portion. The method for producing an organic EL light-emitting module according to [13] or [14], wherein the organic EL light-emitting module is rolled so as to be bonded to the surface.
[16] 前記粘着材貼り合せ装置は、
 前記テープ部材吸着部の上方を覆う上面部と、前記載置テーブルの下方を覆う下面部と、前記上面部と前記下面部とに挟まれた空間の側方を覆う側面部とを含み、
 前記下面部と前記上面部とが相対的に近づくことによって、前記上面部に前記側面部の上端が当接し、前記側面部の下端に前記下面部が当接した状態であって、前記テープ部材を吸着している前記テープ部材吸着部および前記封止部材が載置されている前記載置テーブルを収容した前記空間内を密閉する第1状態と、前記下面部が前記上面部から離間することによって、前記テープ部材吸着部と前記テープ部材との間を前記ローラ部が転動可能な隙間を有する第2状態との間で相互に遷移し、
 前記粘着材貼り合せステップが実行される前に、少なくとも前記下面部を収容した窒素置換チャンバにおいて、前記第1状態とされたときに前記空間から空気が排出された後に前記空間に窒素が供給される窒素置換ステップが実行され、
 前記窒素置換ステップが行われた後に、前記第2状態において前記空間内を窒素雰囲気に維持し、前記粘着材貼り合せステップが実行される
 ことを特徴とする前記[13]~[15]のうちいずれか1つに記載の有機EL発光モジュールの製造方法。
[16] The adhesive material laminating apparatus comprises:
Including an upper surface portion covering the upper side of the tape member adsorbing portion, a lower surface portion covering the lower side of the mounting table, and a side surface portion covering a side of a space sandwiched between the upper surface portion and the lower surface portion,
When the lower surface portion and the upper surface portion are relatively close to each other, the upper end of the side surface portion is in contact with the upper surface portion, and the lower surface portion is in contact with the lower end of the side surface portion, and the tape member A first state in which the space containing the placement table on which the tape member suction portion and the sealing member on which the sealing member is placed is sealed, and the lower surface portion are separated from the upper surface portion. By the transition between the tape member adsorption portion and the tape member between the second state having a gap in which the roller portion can roll,
Before the adhesive bonding step is performed, nitrogen is supplied to the space after air is exhausted from the space when the first state is established in the nitrogen replacement chamber containing at least the lower surface portion. A nitrogen substitution step is performed,
[13] to [15], wherein after the nitrogen replacement step is performed, the space is maintained in a nitrogen atmosphere in the second state, and the adhesive material bonding step is performed. The manufacturing method of the organic electroluminescent light emitting module as described in any one.
[17] 窒素雰囲気中に設置されたテープ部材剥離装置の把持部が、前記テープ部材において前記剥離紙が貼付された貼付領域の外方にある余白領域を把持し、前記テープ部材とともに前記テープ部材に貼付された前記剥離紙を前記粘着材から剥離する粘着材剥離ステップと、
 前記テープ部材を載置可能な上面を有する載置台に、前記粘着材剥離ステップで前記把持部が前記粘着材から剥離した前記テープ部材および前記剥離紙を載置するテープ部材載置ステップとを含み、
 窒素雰囲気と外気とは仕切り部材で仕切られ、
 前記仕切り部材には、前記載置台が上方に移動すると前記載置台と嵌合する貫通孔が天面に設けられるとともに、前記貫通孔を外方から覆う蓋部が設置され、
 前記載置台を上方に移動させて前記テープ部材が載置された前記上面によって前記蓋部を押し上げる蓋部押し上げステップをさらに含む
 ことを特徴とする前記[13]~[16]のうちいずれか1つに記載の有機EL発光モジュールの製造方法。
[17] A gripping part of a tape member peeling device installed in a nitrogen atmosphere grips a blank area outside the sticking area where the release paper is stuck on the tape member, and together with the tape member, the tape member An adhesive material peeling step for peeling the release paper affixed to the adhesive material;
The mounting table having an upper surface on which the tape member can be mounted includes a tape member mounting step for mounting the tape member and the release paper on which the grip portion has been peeled off from the adhesive material in the adhesive material peeling step. ,
The nitrogen atmosphere and the outside air are partitioned by a partition member,
The partition member is provided with a through hole that fits with the mounting table when the mounting table moves upward, and a lid that covers the through hole from the outside is installed,
Any one of the above [13] to [16], further comprising a lid pushing-up step of pushing up the lid by the upper surface on which the tape member is placed by moving the mounting table upward The manufacturing method of the organic electroluminescent light emitting module of description.
[18] 前記封止部材と前記基板とを熱圧着する熱圧着装置において、前記封止部材の端部に対応する位置に凸部が設けられているホットプレート部が、前記貼り合せステップで前記基板に貼り付けられた前記封止部材をさらに前記基板に押しつけるとともに前記封止部材を加熱する封止部材熱圧着処理を行う封止部材熱圧着ステップを含む
 ことを特徴とする前記[10]~[17]のうちいずれか1つに記載の有機EL発光モジュールの製造方法。
[18] In the thermocompression bonding apparatus for thermocompression bonding the sealing member and the substrate, a hot plate portion provided with a convex portion at a position corresponding to an end portion of the sealing member is the bonding step. [10] to [10], further including a sealing member thermocompression step for further pressing the sealing member attached to the substrate against the substrate and performing a sealing member thermocompression treatment for heating the sealing member. [17] The method for producing an organic EL light emitting module according to any one of [17].
 本発明によれば、第1のシート状部材と第2のシート状部材とが積層された封止部材で有機EL素子を封止するので、外部から有機EL素子への水分等の透過を良好に防止し、透過した水分等による有機EL素子の劣化を良好に抑制する有機EL発光モジュールを製造することができる。 According to the present invention, since the organic EL element is sealed with the sealing member in which the first sheet-like member and the second sheet-like member are laminated, the transmission of moisture and the like from the outside to the organic EL element is good. Thus, it is possible to manufacture an organic EL light emitting module that can prevent the deterioration of the organic EL element due to the transmitted moisture and the like.
 また、第1のシート状部材と第2のシート状部材とが、位置合わせ部によって精度良く位置合わせされて基板上に積層されるので、位置ずれによる不良品の発生が抑制された生産効率の高い有機EL発光モジュールの製造システムを実現することができる。 In addition, since the first sheet-like member and the second sheet-like member are accurately aligned by the alignment portion and stacked on the substrate, the production efficiency in which generation of defective products due to misalignment is suppressed is suppressed. A manufacturing system of a high organic EL light emitting module can be realized.
 また、サイズの異なる第1のシート状部材と第2のシート状部材とが、同じ位置合わせ機構によって位置合わせを行うため、精度良く位置合わせすることが出来、位置ずれによる不良品の発生が抑制された生産効率の高い有機EL発光モジュールの製造システムを実現することができる。 In addition, since the first sheet-like member and the second sheet-like member having different sizes are aligned by the same alignment mechanism, the first and second sheet-like members can be aligned with high accuracy, and the occurrence of defective products due to misalignment is suppressed. It is possible to realize a manufacturing system of the organic EL light emitting module with high production efficiency.
 また、サイズの異なる第1のシート状部材と第2のシート状部材とが、同じ位置合わせ機構によって位置合わせを行うため、装置を簡略化することが出来るので、低コストの有機EL発光モジュールの製造システムを実現することができる。 In addition, since the first sheet-like member and the second sheet-like member having different sizes are aligned by the same alignment mechanism, the apparatus can be simplified, so that the low-cost organic EL light emitting module can be simplified. A manufacturing system can be realized.
 また、サイズの異なる第1のシート状部材と第2のシート状部材とが、同じ位置合わせ機構によって位置合わせを行うため、タクトタイムの短縮化を図ることができ、生産効率の高い有機EL発光モジュールの製造システムを実現することができる。 In addition, since the first sheet-like member and the second sheet-like member having different sizes are aligned by the same alignment mechanism, the tact time can be shortened, and organic EL light emission with high production efficiency is achieved. A module manufacturing system can be realized.
 熱圧着部による熱圧着処理の実行中には、第2シート状部材に対向する領域のうち、第1シート状部材に対向する領域外に設けられた吸入孔のみで吸入を行うように構成されているので、第1シート状部材においてシート状部材吸着部の吸着面に設けられた吸入孔による吸入の痕跡による凹凸の形成を良好に防ぐことができるため、封止性能の良好な有機EL発光モジュールを製造することができる。 During the execution of the thermocompression bonding process by the thermocompression bonding section, the suction is performed only through the suction hole provided outside the region facing the first sheet-like member among the regions facing the second sheet-like member. Therefore, in the first sheet-like member, it is possible to satisfactorily prevent the formation of irregularities due to the traces of inhalation by the suction holes provided on the suction surface of the sheet-like member suction portion, and thus organic EL light emission with good sealing performance Modules can be manufactured.
 また、熱圧着処理によって、シート状部材吸着部の吸着面に対向する領域において第1シート状部材と第2シート状部材を密着させ、当該領域における第1シート状部材と第2シート状部材との間に空間が生じることを良好に防ぐことができるため、封止性能の良好な有機EL発光モジュールを製造することができる。 Further, the first sheet-like member and the second sheet-like member are brought into close contact with each other in the region facing the adsorption surface of the sheet-like member adsorption portion by thermocompression treatment, and the first sheet-like member and the second sheet-like member in the region Therefore, it is possible to satisfactorily prevent a space from being formed between them, so that an organic EL light emitting module having a good sealing performance can be manufactured.
 ローラ部が、テープ部材の長手方向に沿って一方の端部から他方の端部の方向へ転動して、周面によってテープ部材側から粘着材を封止部材に押しつけて粘着材を封止部材に貼り合せるように構成されているので、粘着材と封止部材との間に空間が生じることを良好に防ぐことができるため、封止性能の良好な有機EL発光モジュールを製造することができる。 The roller part rolls from one end part to the other end part along the longitudinal direction of the tape member, and the adhesive member is pressed against the sealing member from the tape member side by the peripheral surface to seal the adhesive member Since it is comprised so that it may affix on a member, since it can prevent favorably that a space arises between an adhesive material and a sealing member, an organic electroluminescent light emitting module with favorable sealing performance can be manufactured. it can.
 テープ部材吸着部は、ローラ部がテープ部材の長手方向に沿って一方の端部側からテープ部材を封止部材に貼合していくときに、テープ部材の他方の端部側において吸着動作を継続するので、ローラ部の転動中にテープ部材の下方への落下を防止することができる。また、他方の端部が吸着されて固定されているため、ローラ部の転動中にテープ部材と封止部材との相対位置がずれることなく精度良くテープ部材と封止部材とが貼合され、かつ、封止部材に貼り合わせる粘着材におけるしわの発生を良好に防ぐことができるため、高精度かつ高効率な有機EL発光モジュールの製造システムを実現することができる。 The tape member adsorption portion performs an adsorption operation on the other end portion side of the tape member when the roller portion sticks the tape member to the sealing member from one end portion side along the longitudinal direction of the tape member. Since it continues, it is possible to prevent the tape member from falling downward while the roller portion is rolling. In addition, since the other end is adsorbed and fixed, the tape member and the sealing member are bonded with high accuracy without the relative position of the tape member and the sealing member being shifted during the rolling of the roller portion. And since generation | occurrence | production of a wrinkle in the adhesive material affixed on a sealing member can be prevented favorably, the manufacturing system of a highly accurate and highly efficient organic electroluminescent light emitting module is realizable.
 下面部と上面部とが相対的に近づいた第1状態で窒素置換動作が行われるように構成されているので、窒素置換を行う空間の体積を小さくすることができるため、真空減圧工程および窒素ガス導入工程の時間を短縮でき、有機EL発光モジュールの生産効率を高めることができる。 Since the nitrogen replacement operation is performed in the first state in which the lower surface portion and the upper surface portion are relatively close to each other, the volume of the space for performing the nitrogen replacement can be reduced. The time of the gas introduction process can be shortened, and the production efficiency of the organic EL light emitting module can be increased.
 窒素雰囲気と外気とを仕切るための仕切り部材に、載置台が上方に移動すると載置台と嵌合する貫通孔が設けられ、載置台の上面によって当該貫通孔を覆う蓋部を押し上げるように構成されているので、貫通孔を通した窒素と外気との混合を良好に防いで外気の混合による不良品発生を良好に抑制することができ、有機EL発光モジュールの生産効率を高めることができる。 The partition member for partitioning the nitrogen atmosphere and the outside air is provided with a through hole that fits into the mounting table when the mounting table moves upward, and is configured to push up the lid that covers the through hole by the upper surface of the mounting table. Therefore, it is possible to satisfactorily prevent the mixing of nitrogen and outside air through the through-holes, to suppress the generation of defective products due to the mixing of outside air, and to increase the production efficiency of the organic EL light emitting module.
 基板が可動式吸着部と支持台部とにより支持される状態とし、その後、可動式吸着部を下方に移動させることにより基板の中央部を支持台部より下方に押し下げた状態とし、次いで、可動式吸着部による基板の吸着を保持したまま、粘着材が貼り合された封止部材が載置された部材セット部を上方に移動させ、基板と可動式吸着部とを連動させながら、部材セット部を基板と粘着材が貼り合された封止部材とともに吸着上面部に押し付けることで、基板の中央部から端部に向かって順次基板と封止部材とを粘着材を介して貼り合わせるように構成されているので、基板と封止部材との間に空隙が生じることを良好に防ぐことができるため、封止性能の良好な有機EL発光モジュールを製造することができる。 The substrate is in a state of being supported by the movable suction portion and the support base, and then the central portion of the substrate is pushed downward from the support base by moving the movable suction portion downward, and then movable. While holding the adsorption of the substrate by the type adsorption unit, the member set unit on which the sealing member bonded with the adhesive material is moved is moved upward, and the substrate and the movable adsorption unit are interlocked to set the member. The substrate and the sealing member are sequentially bonded to each other from the center to the end of the substrate by pressing the portion together with the sealing member on which the substrate and the adhesive are bonded to the upper surface portion of the substrate. Since it is comprised, it can prevent favorably that a space | gap arises between a board | substrate and a sealing member, Therefore An organic electroluminescent light emitting module with favorable sealing performance can be manufactured.
 また、可動式吸着部による基板の吸着を保持したまま当該基板と封止部材とを貼り合わせるので、基板における所定の位置に精度良く粘着材及び封止部材を貼付することができるため、位置ずれによる不良品の発生が抑制された生産効率の高い有機EL発光モジュールの製造システムを実現することができる。 In addition, since the substrate and the sealing member are bonded together while holding the suction of the substrate by the movable suction unit, the adhesive material and the sealing member can be attached to a predetermined position on the substrate with high accuracy. The production system of the organic EL light emitting module with high production efficiency in which the generation of defective products due to the above is suppressed can be realized.
 ホットプレート部には、封止部材の端部に対応する位置に凸部が設けられているので、粘着材が貼り合された封止部材の外縁部をより確実に基板に熱圧着し、基板の一方の面に形成された有機EL素子および第1のシート状部材をより確実に封止して、有機EL素子の劣化を良好に抑制することができる。 Since the hot plate portion is provided with a convex portion at a position corresponding to the end portion of the sealing member, the outer edge portion of the sealing member to which the adhesive material is bonded is more reliably thermocompression bonded to the substrate. It is possible to more reliably seal the organic EL element and the first sheet-like member formed on one surface of the film, and satisfactorily suppress deterioration of the organic EL element.
図1は、本発明による有機EL発光モジュールの製造システムおよび有機EL発光モジュールの製造方法によって製造される有機EL発光モジュールの構成例を示す断面図である。FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view showing a configuration example of an organic EL light emitting module manufactured by the organic EL light emitting module manufacturing system and the organic EL light emitting module manufacturing method according to the present invention. 図2は、本発明による有機EL発光モジュールの製造システムの全体構成を示すフロー図である。FIG. 2 is a flowchart showing the overall configuration of the organic EL light emitting module manufacturing system according to the present invention. 図3(a),図3(b)は、封止部材作製装置の要部断面図である。FIG. 3A and FIG. 3B are cross-sectional views of the main part of the sealing member manufacturing apparatus. 図4は、ピン部材とステージ部材との位置関係を示す上面図である。FIG. 4 is a top view showing the positional relationship between the pin member and the stage member. 図5は、吸湿層と保護層とを加熱するホットプレートを示す説明図である。FIG. 5 is an explanatory view showing a hot plate for heating the moisture absorbing layer and the protective layer. 図6は、吸湿層と保護層とが積層されて互いに貼り合わされた封止部材が載置された載置テーブルを示す説明図である。FIG. 6 is an explanatory view showing a mounting table on which a sealing member in which a moisture absorption layer and a protective layer are stacked and bonded together is mounted. 図7(a),図7(b)は、粘着材貼り合せ装置の要部断面図である。FIG. 7A and FIG. 7B are cross-sectional views of main parts of the adhesive material bonding apparatus. 図8は、吸着反転部材の動作を示す説明図である。FIG. 8 is an explanatory view showing the operation of the suction reversal member. 図9は、吸着反転部材と吸着移載部材とによるテープ部材の受け渡しを示す説明図である。FIG. 9 is an explanatory view showing delivery of the tape member by the suction reversal member and the suction transfer member. 図10(a),図10(b)は、窒素置換チャンバによる窒素置換の工程を示す説明図である。FIG. 10A and FIG. 10B are explanatory diagrams showing a nitrogen replacement process in the nitrogen replacement chamber. 図11(a),図11(b),図11(c)は、粘着材を封止部材に貼付する工程を示す説明図である。FIG. 11A, FIG. 11B, and FIG. 11C are explanatory views showing a process of attaching an adhesive material to a sealing member. 図12(a),図12(b)は、吸着ハンドの動作を示す説明図である。FIG. 12A and FIG. 12B are explanatory views showing the operation of the suction hand. 図13(a),図13(b)は、テープ部材剥離装置の動作を示す説明図である。FIG. 13A and FIG. 13B are explanatory views showing the operation of the tape member peeling apparatus. 図14は、テープ部材把持部材による粘着材から剥離したテープ部材および当該テープ部材に貼付されている剥離紙をテープ部材載置台の上面上に載置する動作を示す説明図である。FIG. 14 is an explanatory diagram showing an operation of placing the tape member peeled off from the adhesive material by the tape member gripping member and the release paper attached to the tape member on the upper surface of the tape member mounting table. 図15(a),図15(b)、図15(c),図15(d),図15(e),図15(f)は、テープ部材載置台の動作を示す説明図である。FIG. 15A, FIG. 15B, FIG. 15C, FIG. 15D, FIG. 15E, and FIG. 15F are explanatory views showing the operation of the tape member mounting table. 図16は、有機EL発光モジュールの製造システムに搬入された基板の移動を示す説明図である。FIG. 16 is an explanatory view showing the movement of the substrate carried into the organic EL light emitting module manufacturing system. 図17は、封止部材貼り合せ装置における基板の位置調整を示す説明図である。FIG. 17 is an explanatory view showing the position adjustment of the substrate in the sealing member bonding apparatus. 図18(a),図18(b)は、基板の真空チャンバ内への移動を示す説明図である。FIG. 18A and FIG. 18B are explanatory views showing the movement of the substrate into the vacuum chamber. 図19は、基板を封止部材に貼り合わせる装置を示す説明図である。FIG. 19 is an explanatory view showing an apparatus for bonding a substrate to a sealing member. 図20(a),図20(b),図20(c),図20(d)は、可動式中央吸着部の配置パターンを示す説明図である。20 (a), 20 (b), 20 (c), and 20 (d) are explanatory views showing the arrangement pattern of the movable central suction portion. 図21(a),図21(b),図21(c),図21(d)は、基板と封止部材とを貼り合わせる工程を示す説明図である。FIG. 21A, FIG. 21B, FIG. 21C, and FIG. 21D are explanatory views showing a process of bonding the substrate and the sealing member. 図22は、貼り合わされた基板と封止部材とが熱圧着される工程を示す説明図である。FIG. 22 is an explanatory diagram illustrating a process in which the bonded substrate and the sealing member are thermocompression bonded.
 以下、図面を参照し、本発明の実施の形態について、実施の形態および変形例に基づき詳細に説明する。なお、本発明は以下に説明する内容に限定されるものではなく、その要旨を変更しない範囲において任意に変更して実施することが可能である。また、実施の形態の説明に用いる図面は、いずれも本発明による有機EL発光モジュールの製造システムを模式的に示すものであって、理解を深めるべく部分的な強調、拡大、縮小、または省略などを行っており、各構成部材の縮尺や形状等を正確に表すものとはなっていない場合がある。 Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail based on the embodiments and modifications with reference to the drawings. In addition, this invention is not limited to the content demonstrated below, In the range which does not change the summary, it can change arbitrarily and can implement. The drawings used for describing the embodiments schematically show the manufacturing system of the organic EL light emitting module according to the present invention, and include partial emphasis, enlargement, reduction, omission, etc. to deepen understanding. In some cases, it does not accurately represent the scale or shape of each component.
 本発明において、「窒素」または「N」と記載された箇所は、窒素のみでなく、アルゴンなどの不活性ガスとしてもよいものとする。窒素またはアルゴンなどの不活性ガス中には、通常、水分および酸素が100ppm以下、好ましくは10ppm以下であり、更に好ましくは5ppm以下である。 In the present invention, the portion described as “nitrogen” or “N 2 ” is not limited to nitrogen but may be an inert gas such as argon. In an inert gas such as nitrogen or argon, water and oxygen are usually 100 ppm or less, preferably 10 ppm or less, and more preferably 5 ppm or less.
 また、本発明において、雰囲気としての「真空」とは、大気圧から減圧された状態全般を指し、通常1×10-3~100Pa程度の真空度である。 Further, in the present invention, “vacuum” as an atmosphere refers to a state where the pressure is reduced from atmospheric pressure, and is usually a vacuum degree of about 1 × 10 −3 to 100 Pa.
 まず、本発明による有機EL発光モジュールの製造システムおよび有機EL発光モジュールの製造方法によって製造される有機EL発光モジュール1について説明する。 First, the organic EL light emitting module 1 manufactured by the organic EL light emitting module manufacturing system and the organic EL light emitting module manufacturing method according to the present invention will be described.
 図1は、本発明による有機EL発光モジュールの製造システムおよび有機EL発光モジュールの製造方法によって製造される有機EL発光モジュール1の構成例を示す断面図である。図1に示すように、有機EL発光モジュール1は、基板2、有機EL素子3、粘着材4、吸湿層5(第1のシート状部材)、および保護層6(第2のシート状部材)を含む。 FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view showing a configuration example of an organic EL light emitting module 1 manufactured by the organic EL light emitting module manufacturing system and the organic EL light emitting module manufacturing method according to the present invention. As shown in FIG. 1, the organic EL light emitting module 1 includes a substrate 2, an organic EL element 3, an adhesive material 4, a moisture absorption layer 5 (first sheet-like member), and a protective layer 6 (second sheet-like member). including.
 なお、本実施の形態では、1枚の基板2に、有機EL素子3、粘着材4、吸湿層5、および保護層6という有機EL発光モジュール1の要素がそれぞれ複数個形成され、各個間で切断されることにより、複数の有機EL発光モジュール1が製造される。具体的には例えば、1枚の基板2に、有機EL素子3、粘着材4、吸湿層5、および保護層6が3行4列に並設されて、12個の有機EL発光モジュール1が製造される。以下に示す図面では、各要素がそれぞれ複数示されている場合があるが、複数示されている各要素は互いに同様に構成されている。そして、各図面においては、便宜的に各要素を2個または3個示した図を用いた。なお、各要素が行方向と列方向との少なくとも一方向に複数並設されてもよいし、基板2に1個だけ形成されていてもよい。また、各要素は、行列状に限られず、任意の態様で並設されていてもよい。生産性を向上させる観点からは複数の要素が基板上に形成されていることが好ましく、有機EL発光モジュール1を断裁しやすいことから行列状に配置されていることが更に好ましい。 In the present embodiment, a plurality of elements of the organic EL light emitting module 1 such as the organic EL element 3, the adhesive material 4, the moisture absorption layer 5, and the protective layer 6 are formed on a single substrate 2. By cutting, a plurality of organic EL light emitting modules 1 are manufactured. Specifically, for example, the organic EL element 3, the adhesive material 4, the moisture absorption layer 5, and the protective layer 6 are arranged in parallel in 3 rows and 4 columns on one substrate 2, so that 12 organic EL light emitting modules 1 are arranged. Manufactured. In the drawings shown below, there may be cases where a plurality of elements are shown, but the elements shown are configured in the same manner. In each drawing, a diagram showing two or three elements is used for convenience. A plurality of elements may be arranged in parallel in at least one of the row direction and the column direction, or only one element may be formed on the substrate 2. Moreover, each element is not restricted to matrix form, You may be arranged in parallel by arbitrary aspects. From the viewpoint of improving productivity, it is preferable that a plurality of elements are formed on the substrate, and since the organic EL light emitting module 1 is easily cut, it is more preferable that the elements are arranged in a matrix.
 図1に示すように、基板2の一方の面21には有機EL素子3が形成されている。そして、有機EL素子3は、基板2の当該一方の面21に配置されたシート状の粘着材4と当該基板2の当該一方の面21とによって挟まれている。従って、有機EL素子3の一方の面31は基板2の一方の面21に覆われ、他方の面32は粘着材4に覆われている。 As shown in FIG. 1, an organic EL element 3 is formed on one surface 21 of the substrate 2. The organic EL element 3 is sandwiched between the sheet-like adhesive material 4 disposed on the one surface 21 of the substrate 2 and the one surface 21 of the substrate 2. Therefore, one surface 31 of the organic EL element 3 is covered with one surface 21 of the substrate 2 and the other surface 32 is covered with the adhesive material 4.
 粘着材4において、有機EL素子3の他方の面32を覆う一方の面41の反対側の他方の面42には、シート状に形成された吸湿層5が配置されている。従って、吸湿層5は、粘着材4を挟んで有機EL素子3の他方の面32に対向するように配置される。なお、吸湿層5は、粘着材4の他方の面42において、当該粘着材4の一方の面41における有機EL素子3に対向している範囲よりも広い範囲に配置されている。 In the adhesive 4, a moisture absorbing layer 5 formed in a sheet shape is disposed on the other surface 42 opposite to the one surface 41 that covers the other surface 32 of the organic EL element 3. Therefore, the moisture absorption layer 5 is disposed so as to face the other surface 32 of the organic EL element 3 with the adhesive material 4 interposed therebetween. In addition, the moisture absorption layer 5 is arrange | positioned in the range wider than the range facing the organic EL element 3 in the one surface 41 of the said adhesive material 4 in the other surface 42 of the adhesive material 4. FIG.
 保護層6は、吸湿層5を収容する凹部領域61と当該凹部領域61の周囲の平坦領域62とを有する。そして、保護層6において、平坦領域62が粘着材4の他方の面42に貼り合されている。 The protective layer 6 has a recessed area 61 that accommodates the hygroscopic layer 5 and a flat area 62 around the recessed area 61. In the protective layer 6, the flat region 62 is bonded to the other surface 42 of the adhesive material 4.
 保護層6は、吸湿層5を収容する領域をあらかじめ凹状に成型加工して凹部領域61を形成しておくか、または吸湿層5が形成された後、吸湿層5の形状に合わせて保護層6に凹部領域61を形成することが好ましい。凹部の深さは、吸湿層5の厚みと略同等であることが好ましい。その理由は、吸湿層5と保護層6とによって形成される面が平面となるため粘着材4との密着性が良好になり、外部からの水分や酸素の浸入を良好に防ぐことができるからである。なお、保護層6と、当該保護層6の凹部領域61に収容された吸湿層5とで封止部材10を構成する。 The protective layer 6 is formed by forming a concave region 61 in advance by forming a region containing the hygroscopic layer 5 into a concave shape, or after forming the hygroscopic layer 5, the protective layer 6 conforms to the shape of the hygroscopic layer 5. 6 is preferably formed with a recessed region 61. The depth of the recess is preferably substantially equal to the thickness of the hygroscopic layer 5. The reason is that the surface formed by the hygroscopic layer 5 and the protective layer 6 is a flat surface, so that the adhesiveness with the adhesive material 4 is improved, and entry of moisture and oxygen from the outside can be prevented well. It is. In addition, the sealing member 10 is comprised by the protective layer 6 and the moisture absorption layer 5 accommodated in the recessed area 61 of the protective layer 6.
 次に、有機EL発光モジュール1の各構成要素について説明する。
(基板)
 基板2は有機EL素子の支持体となるものであり、石英やガラスの板、金属板や金属箔、プラスチックフィルムやシート等を用いることができる。特にガラス板や、ポリエステル、ポリメタクリレート、ポリカーボネート、ポリスルホン等の透明な合成樹脂の板またはシートが好ましい。合成樹脂製基板を使用する場合には、ガスバリア性に留意する必要がある。基板2のガスバリア性が小さすぎると、基板2を透過した外気により有機EL素子3が劣化することがある。このため、合成樹脂製基板の少なくとも片面に緻密なシリコン酸化膜等を設けてガスバリア性を確保する方法も好ましい方法の一つである。基板2の厚みは、通常0.01~10mm、好ましくは0.02~1mmである。
Next, each component of the organic EL light emitting module 1 will be described.
(substrate)
The substrate 2 serves as a support for the organic EL element, and a quartz or glass plate, a metal plate or a metal foil, a plastic film or a sheet can be used. In particular, a glass plate or a transparent synthetic resin plate or sheet such as polyester, polymethacrylate, polycarbonate, or polysulfone is preferred. When using a synthetic resin substrate, it is necessary to pay attention to gas barrier properties. If the gas barrier property of the substrate 2 is too small, the organic EL element 3 may be deteriorated by the outside air that has passed through the substrate 2. For this reason, a method of providing a gas barrier property by providing a dense silicon oxide film or the like on at least one surface of a synthetic resin substrate is also a preferable method. The thickness of the substrate 2 is usually 0.01 to 10 mm, preferably 0.02 to 1 mm.
(有機EL素子)
 有機EL素子3は、基板2上に形成された第1の電極と、第1の電極上に形成された有機EL層と、有機EL層上に形成された第2の電極とを有する。有機EL素子3の有機EL層の発光層で発せられた光は、基板2を通して取り出される。有機EL素子3の構成およびその構成材料には、従来から公知のものを採用することができる。
(Organic EL device)
The organic EL element 3 includes a first electrode formed on the substrate 2, an organic EL layer formed on the first electrode, and a second electrode formed on the organic EL layer. Light emitted from the light emitting layer of the organic EL layer of the organic EL element 3 is extracted through the substrate 2. A conventionally well-known thing can be employ | adopted for the structure of the organic EL element 3, and its constituent material.
(粘着材)
 粘着材4は、基板2および有機EL素子3と、吸湿層5および保護層6とを貼り合せるものであり、例えば、厚さ25~100μm程度の熱可塑性のシート状粘着材によってなる。粘着材4の特性は、吸湿層5、保護層6とともに、有機EL発光モジュール1の封止性能に大きな影響を及ぼすため、より水分や酸素を保持しにくい材料であることが好ましい。
(Adhesive material)
The adhesive material 4 is a laminate of the substrate 2 and the organic EL element 3, the hygroscopic layer 5 and the protective layer 6, and is made of, for example, a thermoplastic sheet-like adhesive material having a thickness of about 25 to 100 μm. Since the characteristics of the adhesive material 4 have a great influence on the sealing performance of the organic EL light emitting module 1 together with the hygroscopic layer 5 and the protective layer 6, it is preferable that the material be a material that hardly holds moisture and oxygen.
 粘着材4は熱可塑性であることが好ましく、熱可塑性樹脂を含むことが好ましい。粘着材4に含まれる熱可塑性樹脂としては特に限定されないが、例えばポリプロピレン、ポリエチレン、ポリスチレン、ポリイソブチレン、ポリエステル、ポリイソプレンなどを挙げることができる。これらは単独で又は2種以上組み合わせて使用してもよい。熱可塑性樹脂のガラス転移温度は、耐熱性の観点から、通常-80℃以上、好ましくは-20℃以上であり、上限は特に限定されない。粘着材4にはさらに、石油樹脂や環状オレフィン系重合体を含むことも好ましい。 The adhesive material 4 is preferably thermoplastic, and preferably contains a thermoplastic resin. Although it does not specifically limit as a thermoplastic resin contained in the adhesive material 4, For example, a polypropylene, polyethylene, a polystyrene, polyisobutylene, polyester, polyisoprene etc. can be mentioned. You may use these individually or in combination of 2 or more types. The glass transition temperature of the thermoplastic resin is usually −80 ° C. or higher, preferably −20 ° C. or higher, from the viewpoint of heat resistance, and the upper limit is not particularly limited. It is also preferable that the adhesive 4 further contains a petroleum resin or a cyclic olefin polymer.
(吸湿層)
 吸湿層5には乾燥剤が含まれるが、乾燥剤としては吸湿性の高いものであれば特に限定されるものではない。例えば、アルカリ土類金属、アルカリ金属若しくはそれらの酸化物、又は無機多孔質材料などを挙げることができる。これらは単独で又は2種以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。中でも、吸湿性と取り扱いの安全性の観点から、アルカリ土類金属又はアルカリ金属の酸化物、無機多孔質材料が好ましく、酸化カルシウム、ゼオライトが特に好ましい。吸湿層5はシート状であることが好ましい。シート状の吸湿層は、例えば粉末状の乾燥剤を樹脂と混合してシート状に成型して作製することができる。吸湿層は、乾燥剤以外の成分を含有していてもよく、例えば、高熱伝導性のSi,AlN,Cからなる粒子、ロッドなどを挙げることができる。
(Hygroscopic layer)
Although the moisture absorption layer 5 contains a desiccant, the desiccant is not particularly limited as long as it has a high hygroscopic property. For example, alkaline earth metals, alkali metals or oxides thereof, or inorganic porous materials can be used. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more. Among these, from the viewpoint of hygroscopicity and handling safety, alkaline earth metal or alkali metal oxides and inorganic porous materials are preferable, and calcium oxide and zeolite are particularly preferable. It is preferable that the moisture absorption layer 5 is a sheet form. The sheet-like moisture absorption layer can be produced by, for example, mixing a powdery desiccant with a resin and molding it into a sheet. The moisture absorption layer may contain components other than the desiccant, and examples thereof include particles and rods made of Si, AlN, and C having high thermal conductivity.
 図1に示すように、本実施の形態の吸湿層5はシート状に形成されており、厚みの下限値は、通常0.1μm、好ましくは1μm、より好ましくは10μmである。また厚みの上限値は、通常500μm、好ましくは200μm、より好ましくは100μmである。 As shown in FIG. 1, the moisture absorption layer 5 of the present embodiment is formed in a sheet shape, and the lower limit of the thickness is usually 0.1 μm, preferably 1 μm, more preferably 10 μm. The upper limit of the thickness is usually 500 μm, preferably 200 μm, more preferably 100 μm.
(保護層)
 保護層6は、外部からの水分や酸素を遮断するとともに、背面部材を製造する際の支持体としても機能する場合もある。また、保護層6は、可撓性を有していてもよい。
(Protective layer)
The protective layer 6 may block moisture and oxygen from the outside and may also function as a support when manufacturing the back member. Moreover, the protective layer 6 may have flexibility.
 保護層6は、通常、金属箔又はプラスチックフィルムと無機化合物層との積層体などを用いることができる。保護層6は、ガスバリア性を有するものが好ましい。ガスバリア性を有する金属としては、例えば、アルミニウム、銅、ニッケルや、ステンレス、アルミニウム合金などの合金材料などが挙げられる。また、プラスチックフィルムと無機化合物層との積層体としては、プラスチックフィルムに酸化ケイ素、酸化アルミニウムなどの無機酸化物の層、窒化ケイ素、窒化アルミニウム等の無機窒化物の層を一層又は多層積層してなる積層フィルムなどがあげられる。保護層6は、外部からの水分や酸素の遮断性の観点からは金属箔が好ましく、金属箔としては、コスト低減および加工性の観点から銅箔およびアルミニウム箔が好ましく、適度な剛性を有する観点ではアルミニウム箔が好ましい。また、可撓性を有する観点においてはプラスチックフィルムと無機化合物の積層体が好ましい。 The protective layer 6 can be a metal foil or a laminate of a plastic film and an inorganic compound layer. The protective layer 6 preferably has a gas barrier property. Examples of the metal having gas barrier properties include aluminum, copper, nickel, alloy materials such as stainless steel and aluminum alloy. In addition, as a laminate of a plastic film and an inorganic compound layer, a layer of an inorganic oxide such as silicon oxide or aluminum oxide, or a layer of inorganic nitride such as silicon nitride or aluminum nitride is laminated on a plastic film. And a laminated film. The protective layer 6 is preferably a metal foil from the viewpoint of blocking moisture and oxygen from the outside, and the metal foil is preferably a copper foil and an aluminum foil from the viewpoint of cost reduction and workability, and has an appropriate rigidity. Then, aluminum foil is preferable. From the viewpoint of flexibility, a laminate of a plastic film and an inorganic compound is preferable.
 保護層6の厚みの下限値は、通常1μm、好ましくは10μm、より好ましくは40μmである。保護層6の厚みの上限値は、通常500μm、好ましくは200μm、より好ましくは100μmである。 The lower limit of the thickness of the protective layer 6 is usually 1 μm, preferably 10 μm, more preferably 40 μm. The upper limit value of the thickness of the protective layer 6 is usually 500 μm, preferably 200 μm, more preferably 100 μm.
 次に、本発明による有機EL発光モジュール1の製造システムの全体構成について説明する。図2は、本発明による有機EL発光モジュール1の製造システムの実施の形態の全体構成を示すフロー図である。図2に示すように、本発明による有機EL発光モジュール1の製造システムは、封止部材作製装置100と、粘着材貼り合せ装置200と、テープ部材剥離装置300と、封止部材貼り合せ装置400と、熱圧着装置500とを含む。 Next, the overall configuration of the manufacturing system of the organic EL light emitting module 1 according to the present invention will be described. FIG. 2 is a flowchart showing the overall configuration of the embodiment of the manufacturing system of the organic EL light emitting module 1 according to the present invention. As shown in FIG. 2, the manufacturing system of the organic EL light emitting module 1 according to the present invention includes a sealing member manufacturing apparatus 100, an adhesive material laminating apparatus 200, a tape member peeling apparatus 300, and a sealing member laminating apparatus 400. And a thermocompression bonding apparatus 500.
 封止部材作製装置100は、吸湿層5と保護層6とを積層して封止部材10を形成する。粘着材貼り合せ装置200は、粘着材4を封止部材10に貼り合せる。テープ部材剥離装置300は、粘着材4に予め貼付されている剥離紙45(図1および図2において図示せず)を当該粘着材4から剥離する。封止部材貼り合せ装置400は、封止部材10を有機EL素子3が予め形成された基板2に貼り付ける。熱圧着装置500は、封止部材10と基板2とを熱圧着する。 The sealing member manufacturing apparatus 100 forms the sealing member 10 by laminating the hygroscopic layer 5 and the protective layer 6. The adhesive material bonding apparatus 200 bonds the adhesive material 4 to the sealing member 10. The tape member peeling apparatus 300 peels the release paper 45 (not shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2) previously attached to the adhesive material 4 from the adhesive material 4. The sealing member bonding apparatus 400 attaches the sealing member 10 to the substrate 2 on which the organic EL element 3 is formed in advance. The thermocompression bonding apparatus 500 performs thermocompression bonding between the sealing member 10 and the substrate 2.
 次に、各装置の構成および動作について説明する。
(封止部材作製装置)
 図3(a),(b)は、封止部材作製装置100の要部断面図である。図3(a),(b)に示すように、封止部材作製装置100は、複数のピン部材110(位置合わせ部)と複数のステージ部材120(ステージ部)と吸着ヘッド130(シート状部材吸着部)とを含み、さらに図3において図示しないホットプレート150(熱圧着部)を含む。
Next, the configuration and operation of each device will be described.
(Sealing member manufacturing device)
3A and 3B are cross-sectional views of the main part of the sealing member manufacturing apparatus 100. FIG. 3A and 3B, the sealing member manufacturing apparatus 100 includes a plurality of pin members 110 (positioning portions), a plurality of stage members 120 (stage portions), and a suction head 130 (sheet-like member). And a hot plate 150 (thermocompression bonding portion) (not shown in FIG. 3).
 ピン部材110は、台部111と台部111の上面112に立設された立設部113とを含む。台部111は、所定の第1の径の円筒形状である第1台部114と、第1台部114から上方に亘って形成され、上面112を有し、当該上面112に近づくにつれて径が小さくなるように構成された円錐台形状である第2台部115とを含む。 The pin member 110 includes a base part 111 and a standing part 113 standing on the upper surface 112 of the base part 111. The pedestal 111 has a first pedestal 114 having a cylindrical shape with a predetermined first diameter, and is formed to extend upward from the first pedestal 114, and has an upper surface 112, and the diameter becomes closer to the upper surface 112. And a second base part 115 having a truncated cone shape configured to be small.
 そして、ピン部材110において第1台部114の周面による側面を第1側面119aという。 And the side surface by the peripheral surface of the 1st base part 114 in the pin member 110 is called 1st side surface 119a.
 また、立設部113は、第1の径よりも小さい所定の第2の径の円筒形状である第1立設部116と、第1立設部116から上方に亘って形成され、上面117を有し、当該上面117に近づくにつれて径が小さくなるように構成された円錐台形状である第2立設部118とを含む。 Further, the standing portion 113 is formed from a first standing portion 116 that is a cylindrical shape having a predetermined second diameter smaller than the first diameter, and from the first standing portion 116 upward, and an upper surface 117. And a second upright portion 118 having a truncated cone shape configured such that the diameter becomes smaller as it approaches the upper surface 117.
 そして、ピン部材110において、第1立設部116の周面による側面を第2側面119bという。 And in the pin member 110, the side surface by the peripheral surface of the 1st standing part 116 is called 2nd side surface 119b.
 なお、本実施の形態では、ピン部材110の第1側面119aを構成する第1台部114および第2側面119bを構成する第1立設部116はいずれも円筒形状であるとしているが、いずれか一方または両方が直方体形状等の他の形状であってもよい。従って、後述するように、吸湿層5の位置合わせが可能なように第1側面119aを構成すれば、第1台部114は直方体形状等の他の形状であってもよい。また、保護層6の位置合わせが可能なように第2側面119bを構成すれば、第1立設部116は直方体形状等の他の形状であってもよい。 In the present embodiment, the first base portion 114 constituting the first side surface 119a of the pin member 110 and the first standing portion 116 constituting the second side surface 119b are both assumed to be cylindrical. Either one or both may have other shapes such as a rectangular parallelepiped shape. Therefore, as will be described later, if the first side surface 119a is configured so that the hygroscopic layer 5 can be aligned, the first base portion 114 may have another shape such as a rectangular parallelepiped shape. Moreover, if the 2nd side surface 119b is comprised so that position alignment of the protective layer 6 is possible, the other 1st standing part 116 may be other shapes, such as a rectangular parallelepiped shape.
 ステージ部材120は、図3(a)に実線で示されているように吸湿層5を載置可能であるとともに、図3(b)に実線で示されているように保護層6において裏側に凹部領域61が形成されて凸形状に形成されている部分である中央部を載置可能な上面であるステージ面121を有する。 The stage member 120 is capable of placing the moisture absorption layer 5 as shown by a solid line in FIG. 3A, and on the back side of the protective layer 6 as shown by a solid line in FIG. 3B. It has the stage surface 121 which is the upper surface which can mount the center part which is the part in which the recessed part 61 is formed and is formed in convex shape.
 図3(a),(b)に示す例では、ステージ面121は、吸湿層5の全体および保護層6の中央部に応じた形状および広さを有するように形成されている。なお、図3(b)に実線で示すように、保護層6の平坦領域62は、ピン部材110の台部111の上面112に載置される。従って、保護層6は、ステージ面121からピン部材110の台部111の上面112に亘って載置される。 3 (a) and 3 (b), the stage surface 121 is formed to have a shape and a width corresponding to the entire hygroscopic layer 5 and the central portion of the protective layer 6. 3B, the flat region 62 of the protective layer 6 is placed on the upper surface 112 of the pedestal 111 of the pin member 110. As shown in FIG. Accordingly, the protective layer 6 is placed from the stage surface 121 to the upper surface 112 of the base portion 111 of the pin member 110.
 また、図3(b)に示す例では、保護層6の凹部領域61の裏側の領域は、平坦領域62の裏側の平面領域に対して凸形状に形成されている。そして、図3(b)に実線で示すように、保護層6は、凹部領域61が吸着ヘッド130の吸着面131に対向する向きで載置される。従って、保護層6がステージ部材120に載置されるときには、ステージ面121の位置は、ピン部材110の台部111の上面112よりも前述した保護層6の凸形状の高さに応じて低くなるように設定されている。 Further, in the example shown in FIG. 3B, the area on the back side of the recessed area 61 of the protective layer 6 is formed in a convex shape with respect to the plane area on the back side of the flat area 62. As shown by a solid line in FIG. 3B, the protective layer 6 is placed so that the recessed area 61 faces the suction surface 131 of the suction head 130. Therefore, when the protective layer 6 is placed on the stage member 120, the position of the stage surface 121 is lower than the upper surface 112 of the base 111 of the pin member 110 according to the height of the convex shape of the protective layer 6 described above. It is set to be.
 図4は、ピン部材110とステージ部材120との位置関係を示す上面図である。図4に示す例では、正方形状(長方形状であってもよい)のステージ面121を有するステージ部材120においてステージ面121の端辺の中央部分に隣接して、各ピン部材110がそれぞれ設置されている。そして、各ピン部材110は、第1側面119aの相互の距離が第2側面119bの相互の距離よりも短いように設置されている。なお、ピン部材110とステージ部材120との位置関係は図4に示す例に限られず、ステージ面121よりも広い上面に等間隔で貫通孔が設けられ、各貫通孔にそれぞれピン部材110が配置され、各ピン部材110の間にステージ面121に相当する広さの正方形状(長方形状であってもよい)の平面が設けられてもよい。 FIG. 4 is a top view showing the positional relationship between the pin member 110 and the stage member 120. In the example shown in FIG. 4, each pin member 110 is installed adjacent to the central portion of the edge of the stage surface 121 in the stage member 120 having the square (or may be rectangular) stage surface 121. ing. And each pin member 110 is installed so that the mutual distance of the 1st side 119a may be shorter than the mutual distance of the 2nd side 119b. The positional relationship between the pin member 110 and the stage member 120 is not limited to the example shown in FIG. 4. Through holes are provided at equal intervals on the upper surface wider than the stage surface 121, and the pin members 110 are arranged in the respective through holes. In addition, a plane of a square shape (which may be rectangular) corresponding to the stage surface 121 may be provided between the pin members 110.
 また、図4には1つのステージ部材120が示され、図3(a),(b)には2つのステージ部材120が示されているが、ステージ部材120が3つ以上設置されるとともに、各ステージ部材120の周囲にピン部材110がそれぞれ設置されてもよい。具体的には、例えば、ステージ部材120が3行4列に並べられるとともに、各ステージ部材120の周囲にピン部材110がそれぞれ設置されてもよい。そのような構成によれば、吸湿層5および保護層6を順次3行4列に並べて12個の封止部材10を1回の作業工程で生成することが可能になる。 4 shows one stage member 120, and FIGS. 3A and 3B show two stage members 120. While three or more stage members 120 are installed, A pin member 110 may be installed around each stage member 120. Specifically, for example, the stage members 120 may be arranged in 3 rows and 4 columns, and the pin members 110 may be installed around each stage member 120. According to such a configuration, the hygroscopic layer 5 and the protective layer 6 can be sequentially arranged in 3 rows and 4 columns, and twelve sealing members 10 can be generated in one operation step.
 ステージ部材120は、ステージ面121と吸着ヘッド130の吸着面131(吸着面131については後述する)との間の距離が変化するように上下に移動する。図3(a)に示す例では、ステージ面121が、ピン部材110の台部111の第1側面119aに隣接する位置まで下がっている。それに対して、図3(b)に示す例では、ステージ面121がピン部材110の台部111の上面112に対して前述した保護層6の凸形状の高さに応じた低い位置まで上方に移動している。 The stage member 120 moves up and down so that the distance between the stage surface 121 and the suction surface 131 of the suction head 130 (the suction surface 131 will be described later) changes. In the example illustrated in FIG. 3A, the stage surface 121 is lowered to a position adjacent to the first side surface 119 a of the base 111 of the pin member 110. On the other hand, in the example shown in FIG. 3B, the stage surface 121 is raised upward to a lower position corresponding to the height of the convex shape of the protective layer 6 described above with respect to the upper surface 112 of the base portion 111 of the pin member 110. Has moved.
 ステージ部材120がこのように上下に移動することによって、低い位置にあるときには、ステージ面121に載置される吸湿層5の位置合わせに各ピン部材110の台部111の第1側面119aを利用することができ、高い位置にあるときには、ステージ面121からピン部材110の台部111の上面112に亘って載置される保護層6の位置合わせに各ピン部材110の立設部113の第2側面119bを利用することができる。 When the stage member 120 moves up and down as described above, the first side surface 119a of the base 111 of each pin member 110 is used to align the moisture absorption layer 5 placed on the stage surface 121 when the stage member 120 is at a low position. When the protective layer 6 is placed from the stage surface 121 to the upper surface 112 of the pedestal 111 of the pin member 110, the first portion 113 of the pin member 110 can be aligned. Two side surfaces 119b can be used.
 ここで、前述の通り、第2台部115は円錐台形状であるとしたが、保護層6の位置合わせが可能なように第2台部を設計すれば、たとえば第2台部115の側面と上面112との境界付近であって、少なくとも保護層6の設置側に凹部または切り欠きを有する形状であってもよい。 Here, as described above, the second base portion 115 has a truncated cone shape. However, if the second base portion is designed so that the protective layer 6 can be aligned, for example, the side surface of the second base portion 115 is formed. Further, it may be a shape having a recess or a notch in the vicinity of the boundary between the upper surface 112 and the upper surface 112 at least on the installation side of the protective layer 6.
 第2台部115が円錐台形状である場合、第2台部115の側面と上面112との境界付近が保護層6に接触することによって保護層6の中央部がステージ面121から浮いた状態にならない程度に、第2台部115は上面112に近づくにつれて径を小さくすることが好ましい。その理由は、保護層6の位置合わせおよび吸湿層5との貼り合わせが精度良く行なえること、および、吸湿層5を、ステージ部材120のステージ面121上であって、ピン部材110の第1側面119aによって定められた位置に配置する際、吸湿層5がピン部材110の台部111の上面112の端部に引っかかりにくいことである。 When the second pedestal 115 has a truncated cone shape, the vicinity of the boundary between the side surface of the second pedestal 115 and the upper surface 112 is in contact with the protective layer 6 so that the central part of the protective layer 6 is lifted from the stage surface 121. It is preferable that the diameter of the second base portion 115 is reduced as it approaches the upper surface 112 to such an extent that it does not become. The reason is that the alignment of the protective layer 6 and the bonding with the hygroscopic layer 5 can be performed with high accuracy, and the hygroscopic layer 5 is placed on the stage surface 121 of the stage member 120 and the first of the pin member 110. When the moisture absorbing layer 5 is disposed at a position determined by the side surface 119a, the moisture absorbing layer 5 is not easily caught on the end portion of the upper surface 112 of the base portion 111 of the pin member 110.
 同様に、第2台部115の側面と上面112との境界付近であって、少なくとも保護層6の設置側に凹部または切り欠きを有する形状を有する場合、第2台部115の側面と上面112の境界付近が保護層6に接触することによって保護層6の中央部がステージ面121から浮いた状態にならないように、第2台部115の側面と上面112との境界付近が保護層6に接触しない形状とすることが好ましい。その理由は、保護層6の位置合わせおよび吸湿層5との貼り合わせが精度良く行なえること、および、保護層6を、ステージ部材120のステージ面121上であって、ピン部材110の第1立設部116の第2側面119bによって定められた位置に配置する際、保護層6がピン部材110の第1立設部116の第2側面119bの上面117の端部に引っかかりにくいことである。 Similarly, when it has a shape near the boundary between the side surface of the second base part 115 and the upper surface 112 and having a recess or notch at least on the installation side of the protective layer 6, the side surface and the upper surface 112 of the second base part 115. The vicinity of the boundary between the side surface of the second base portion 115 and the upper surface 112 becomes the protective layer 6 so that the central portion of the protective layer 6 does not float from the stage surface 121 when the vicinity of the boundary of the substrate contacts the protective layer 6. A shape that does not contact is preferable. The reason is that the alignment of the protective layer 6 and the bonding with the hygroscopic layer 5 can be performed with high accuracy, and the protective layer 6 is placed on the stage surface 121 of the stage member 120 and the first pin member 110 has a first surface. When the protective layer 6 is disposed at a position defined by the second side surface 119b of the standing portion 116, the protective layer 6 is not easily caught by the end portion of the upper surface 117 of the second side surface 119b of the first standing portion 116 of the pin member 110. .
 また、前述の通り、第2立設部118は円錐台形状であるとしたが、保護層6を吸着面131に吸着させる妨げにならないように精密に設計・作製すれば、第2立設部118は第1立設部116と同一、言い換えれば第2立設部118がない構造でもよい。 In addition, as described above, the second standing portion 118 has a truncated cone shape. However, if the protective layer 6 is not designed to be hindered from adsorbing to the adsorption surface 131, the second standing portion 118 may be designed and manufactured precisely. 118 may be the same as the first standing portion 116, in other words, the structure without the second standing portion 118.
 ピン部材110の形状をこのような構造とすることで、ピン部材110を上下させるだけの単純な機構によって、大きさの異なる2つのシート部材を精度良く配置することが可能となる。 By setting the shape of the pin member 110 to such a structure, it is possible to accurately arrange the two sheet members having different sizes by a simple mechanism that simply moves the pin member 110 up and down.
 ピン部材110の形状をこのような構造とすることで、大きさの異なる吸湿層5と保護層6とが同じピン部材110によって位置合わせされて載置されるので、積層されたときの吸湿層5と保護層6とのずれを良好に抑制することができる。従って、保護層6の凹部領域61に確実に吸湿層5を収容することができる。 Since the pin member 110 has such a structure, the hygroscopic layer 5 and the protective layer 6 having different sizes are aligned and placed by the same pin member 110, so that the hygroscopic layer when laminated is stacked. 5 and the protective layer 6 can be favorably suppressed. Therefore, the hygroscopic layer 5 can be reliably accommodated in the recessed area 61 of the protective layer 6.
 図3(a),(b)に示すように、吸着ヘッド130は、ピン部材110およびステージ部材120の上方に設置されてステージ面121に対向する吸着面131を有する。吸着面131には複数の吸入孔132が設けられており、ステージ面121に近接すると当該ステージ面121に順次載置された吸湿層5および保護層6を順次真空吸着する。 3 (a) and 3 (b), the suction head 130 has a suction surface 131 that is installed above the pin member 110 and the stage member 120 and faces the stage surface 121. The suction surface 131 is provided with a plurality of suction holes 132, and when close to the stage surface 121, the moisture absorption layer 5 and the protective layer 6 sequentially placed on the stage surface 121 are sequentially vacuum-adsorbed.
 そして、図5に示すように、ホットプレート150は、吸着ヘッド130の吸着面131に吸着されている吸湿層5および保護層6を加熱して互いに貼り合せる。 And as shown in FIG. 5, the hot plate 150 heats and bonds the moisture absorption layer 5 and the protective layer 6 adsorbed by the adsorption surface 131 of the adsorption head 130 to each other.
 次に、封止部材作製装置100の動作について説明する。まず、図3(a)に示すようにステージ部材120が低い位置にある状態で、端部がピン部材110の第1側面119aに当接するように吸湿層5がステージ面121に載置される。そして、吸着ヘッド130は、ステージ面121に近接する方向に下降して、当該ステージ面121に載置された吸湿層5を吸着面131に吸着する。 Next, the operation of the sealing member manufacturing apparatus 100 will be described. First, as shown in FIG. 3A, the moisture absorbing layer 5 is placed on the stage surface 121 so that the end portion is in contact with the first side surface 119a of the pin member 110 in a state where the stage member 120 is in a low position. . Then, the adsorption head 130 descends in a direction approaching the stage surface 121 and adsorbs the moisture absorption layer 5 placed on the stage surface 121 to the adsorption surface 131.
 この際、ピン部材110は、吸着ヘッド130とともに両者の位置関係を維持したまま下降することで、吸着ヘッド130がステージ面121と近接することを可能とする。吸着ヘッド130とピン部材110が下降するのではなく、ステージ部材120が上昇する構造としてもよい。 At this time, the pin member 110 moves down together with the suction head 130 while maintaining the positional relationship between them, thereby allowing the suction head 130 to approach the stage surface 121. Instead of the suction head 130 and the pin member 110 being lowered, the stage member 120 may be raised.
 すると、図3(a)に破線で示されているように、吸着ヘッド130の吸着面131に吸湿層5が吸着され、ステージ面121の上方に保持される。 Then, as indicated by a broken line in FIG. 3A, the moisture absorption layer 5 is adsorbed to the adsorption surface 131 of the adsorption head 130 and is held above the stage surface 121.
 次いで、図3(b)に示すようにステージ面121が前記高い位置になるようにステージ部材120が移動し、保護層6の端部がピン部材110の第2側面119bに当接するように、保護層6がステージ面121からピン部材110の台部111の上面112に亘って載置される。そして、吸着ヘッド130は、ステージ面121に近接して、当該ステージ面121に載置された保護層6を保持している吸湿層5に重畳して吸着面131に吸着する。この際のピン部材110の動き方は、吸湿層5の吸着の場合と同様である。 Next, as shown in FIG. 3B, the stage member 120 moves so that the stage surface 121 is at the high position, and the end portion of the protective layer 6 contacts the second side surface 119 b of the pin member 110. The protective layer 6 is placed from the stage surface 121 to the upper surface 112 of the base 111 of the pin member 110. Then, the adsorption head 130 is adsorbed on the adsorption surface 131 so as to overlap with the moisture absorption layer 5 holding the protective layer 6 placed on the stage surface 121 in the vicinity of the stage surface 121. The movement of the pin member 110 at this time is the same as in the case of adsorption of the moisture absorption layer 5.
 すると、図3(b)に破線で示されているように、吸着ヘッド130の吸着面131に保護層6が吸着して当該保護層6の凹部領域61に吸湿層5が収容され、封止部材10を構成する吸湿層5と保護層6とが積層される。 Then, as indicated by a broken line in FIG. 3B, the protective layer 6 is adsorbed on the adsorption surface 131 of the adsorption head 130, and the hygroscopic layer 5 is accommodated in the recessed area 61 of the protective layer 6. The hygroscopic layer 5 and the protective layer 6 constituting the member 10 are laminated.
 封止部材10が吸湿層5と保護層6とによって構成されているので、当該封止部材10によって封止された有機EL素子3に外部から水分等の透過を良好に防止するとともに、透過した一部の水分を吸湿層5が吸収するので、当該有機EL素子3の劣化を良好に抑制することができる。 Since the sealing member 10 is composed of the hygroscopic layer 5 and the protective layer 6, the organic EL element 3 sealed by the sealing member 10 can be well prevented from transmitting moisture and the like from the outside. Since the moisture absorption layer 5 absorbs a part of the moisture, the deterioration of the organic EL element 3 can be satisfactorily suppressed.
 また、吸湿層5と保護層6とがピン部材110によって正確に位置合わせされて積層されるので、位置ずれによる不良品の発生が抑制された生産効率の高い有機EL発光モジュールの製造システムを実現することができる。 Further, since the moisture absorption layer 5 and the protective layer 6 are accurately aligned and stacked by the pin member 110, a production system of an organic EL light emitting module with high production efficiency in which generation of defective products due to misalignment is suppressed is realized. can do.
 図5は、吸湿層5と保護層6とを加熱するホットプレート150を示す説明図である。吸着ヘッド130は、封止部材10を吸着したまま、下方にホットプレート150が位置する別の場所に移動される。図5に示すように、吸着ヘッド130の吸着面131に積層されて上方に吸着されている吸湿層5と保護層6とは、ホットプレート150によって下方から加熱されて互いに貼り合される。なお、ホットプレート150は、吸湿層5と保護層6とを加熱するとともに吸着ヘッド130の吸着面131に押しつけて、熱圧着してもよい。熱圧着する場合の加熱温度は、通常40℃以上、好ましくは50℃以上であり、通常300℃以下、好ましくは200℃以下である。熱圧着する場合の加熱時間は、通常1秒以上、好ましくは5秒以上であり、通常30分以下、好ましくは15分以下である。 FIG. 5 is an explanatory view showing a hot plate 150 for heating the moisture absorbing layer 5 and the protective layer 6. The suction head 130 is moved to another place where the hot plate 150 is located below while the sealing member 10 is sucked. As shown in FIG. 5, the hygroscopic layer 5 and the protective layer 6 stacked on the suction surface 131 of the suction head 130 and sucked upward are heated from below by the hot plate 150 and bonded together. The hot plate 150 may heat and press the moisture absorbing layer 5 and the protective layer 6 and press them against the suction surface 131 of the suction head 130 for thermocompression bonding. The heating temperature in thermocompression bonding is usually 40 ° C. or higher, preferably 50 ° C. or higher, and usually 300 ° C. or lower, preferably 200 ° C. or lower. The heating time for thermocompression bonding is usually 1 second or longer, preferably 5 seconds or longer, and usually 30 minutes or shorter, preferably 15 minutes or shorter.
 また、吸着ヘッド130は、ホットプレート150が吸湿層5と保護層6とを加熱しているときには、吸着面131において、保護層6に対向する領域のうち吸湿層5に対向する領域外に設けられた吸入孔132のみによって吸着を行う。すると、吸湿層5の吸着面131に対向する面に吸入孔132による吸着の痕跡による凹凸の形成を防ぐことができるため好ましい。また、吸着ヘッド130は、保護層6に対向する領域のうち吸湿層5に対向する領域外に設けられた吸入孔132のうち、吸湿層5に対向する領域の周囲の近傍に設けられた吸入孔132によって吸着を行うことが好ましい。すると、吸湿層5と保護層6との境界部分が真空に吸入されて境界部分で吸湿層5と保護層6とが密着し、後述する基板2との貼り合わせ時に、当該境界部分の空隙の発生を防ぐことができる。 Further, when the hot plate 150 is heating the moisture absorption layer 5 and the protective layer 6, the adsorption head 130 is provided on the adsorption surface 131 outside the region facing the moisture absorption layer 5 in the region facing the protection layer 6. Adsorption is performed only by the suction holes 132 formed. This is preferable because it is possible to prevent the formation of irregularities due to the traces of adsorption by the suction holes 132 on the surface of the moisture absorption layer 5 facing the adsorption surface 131. In addition, the suction head 130 is provided in the vicinity of the periphery of the region facing the moisture absorbing layer 5 out of the suction holes 132 provided outside the region facing the moisture absorbing layer 5 in the region facing the protective layer 6. Adsorption is preferably performed by the holes 132. Then, the boundary portion between the hygroscopic layer 5 and the protective layer 6 is sucked into a vacuum, and the hygroscopic layer 5 and the protective layer 6 come into close contact with each other at the boundary portion. Occurrence can be prevented.
 図6は、吸湿層5と保護層6とが積層されて互いに貼り合された封止部材10が載置された載置テーブル610を示す説明図である。ホットプレート150により貼り合された吸湿層5と保護層6は、吸着ヘッド130に吸着されたまま、下方に載置テーブル610が位置する窒素置換チャンバ600内に移動される。載置テーブル610は、窒素置換チャンバ600内に設置され、保護層6に凹部領域61が形成されたことによって生じた凸形状の高さに応じた凹部616を上面615に有する。そして、図6に示すように、吸湿層5と保護層6とが積層されて互いに貼り合された封止部材10は、載置テーブル610の上面615における凹部616内に保護層6の凸形状が収容されるように載置される。なお、図6に示すように、封止部材10は、保護層6の凹部領域61が上側となる向きで載置テーブル610の凹部616に載置される。載置テーブル610の凹部616は、吸入孔を有していて封止部材10を吸着できることが好ましい。 FIG. 6 is an explanatory view showing a mounting table 610 on which the sealing member 10 in which the moisture absorption layer 5 and the protective layer 6 are laminated and bonded together is mounted. The hygroscopic layer 5 and the protective layer 6 bonded together by the hot plate 150 are moved into the nitrogen replacement chamber 600 where the mounting table 610 is positioned below while being adsorbed by the adsorption head 130. The mounting table 610 is installed in the nitrogen replacement chamber 600 and has a concave portion 616 on the upper surface 615 corresponding to the height of the convex shape generated by forming the concave region 61 in the protective layer 6. As shown in FIG. 6, the sealing member 10 in which the hygroscopic layer 5 and the protective layer 6 are laminated and bonded together has a convex shape of the protective layer 6 in the concave portion 616 on the upper surface 615 of the mounting table 610. Is placed so as to be accommodated. As shown in FIG. 6, the sealing member 10 is mounted on the recess 616 of the mounting table 610 in such a direction that the recess region 61 of the protective layer 6 is on the upper side. It is preferable that the recess 616 of the mounting table 610 has a suction hole and can suck the sealing member 10.
(粘着材貼り合せ装置)
 図7(a),(b)は、粘着材貼り合せ装置200の要部断面図である。図7(a),(b)に示すように、粘着材貼り合せ装置200は、複数のピン部材210と複数のステージ部材220と吸着ヘッド230とを含む。粘着材貼り合せ装置200は、さらに吸着反転部材240(図7(a),(b)において図示せず)、テープ部材吸着部である吸着移載部材250(図7(a),(b)において図示せず)、載置テーブル610(図7(a),(b)において図示せず)、およびローラ部材611(図7(a),(b)において図示せず)を含む。
(Adhesive material bonding equipment)
7A and 7B are cross-sectional views of the main part of the adhesive material bonding apparatus 200. FIG. As shown in FIGS. 7A and 7B, the adhesive material bonding apparatus 200 includes a plurality of pin members 210, a plurality of stage members 220, and a suction head 230. The adhesive material laminating apparatus 200 further includes an adsorption reversal member 240 (not shown in FIGS. 7A and 7B), and an adsorption transfer member 250 (FIGS. 7A and 7B) as a tape member adsorption portion. (Not shown in FIG. 7), a mounting table 610 (not shown in FIGS. 7A and 7B), and a roller member 611 (not shown in FIGS. 7A and 7B).
 ステージ部材220は、両面に剥離紙43a,43bが予めそれぞれ貼付された粘着材4を載置可能な上面であるステージ面221を有する。図7(a)に示す例では、ステージ面221は、複数のピン部材210によって、粘着材4の全体に応じた形状および広さを有するように形成されている。なお、粘着材4には、一方の面にのみ剥離紙が貼付されていてもよい。 The stage member 220 has a stage surface 221 that is an upper surface on which the adhesive material 4 having release papers 43a and 43b attached in advance on both sides can be placed. In the example shown in FIG. 7A, the stage surface 221 is formed by a plurality of pin members 210 so as to have a shape and a width corresponding to the entire adhesive material 4. The adhesive material 4 may have a release paper attached only on one side.
 図7(a),(b)に示すように、複数のピン部材210は、例えば、円筒形状の第1台部211と、第1台部211から上方に亘って形成され、上面212を有し、当該上面212に近づくにつれて径が小さくなるように構成された円錐台形状である第2台部215とを含む。そして、第1台部211の周面によってピン部材210の側面219が構成されている。 As shown in FIGS. 7A and 7B, the plurality of pin members 210 are formed, for example, from a cylindrical first base portion 211 and the first base portion 211 upward, and having an upper surface 212. And a second base portion 215 having a frustoconical shape configured such that the diameter decreases as it approaches the upper surface 212. A side surface 219 of the pin member 210 is configured by the peripheral surface of the first base portion 211.
 そして、ピン部材210は、図7(a)に示すように、粘着材4がステージ面221上に載置された場合に粘着材4が側面219に当接するようにされて、上面212がステージ部材220のステージ面221よりも高い位置になる高い状態から、当該上面212が当該ステージ面221と略同じ高さになる低い状態に相互に遷移する。つまり、ピン部材210は、ステージ部材220のステージ面221に対して相対的に上下に移動する。 As shown in FIG. 7A, the pin member 210 is configured such that when the adhesive material 4 is placed on the stage surface 221, the adhesive material 4 comes into contact with the side surface 219, and the upper surface 212 is the stage. The upper surface 212 transitions to a lower state where the upper surface 212 is substantially the same height as the stage surface 221 from a higher state where the member 220 is higher than the stage surface 221. That is, the pin member 210 moves up and down relatively with respect to the stage surface 221 of the stage member 220.
 まず、ピン部材210を前記高い状態とし、粘着材4を、剥離紙43aが上面になるようにステージ面221上に設置する。ピン部材210の側面219により、複数の粘着材4の相対的な位置関係が所定の配置に維持される。 First, the pin member 210 is set to the above-described high state, and the adhesive material 4 is placed on the stage surface 221 so that the release paper 43a is on the upper surface. By the side surface 219 of the pin member 210, the relative positional relationship of the plurality of adhesive materials 4 is maintained in a predetermined arrangement.
 次に、図7(a),(b)に示すように、吸着ヘッド230は、一方の面に剥離紙43aが、他方の面に剥離紙43bが予め貼付されてステージ部材220のステージ面221に載置された粘着材4を上方から吸着して保持する。具体的には、ステージ部材220とピン部材210とを一体として上方に移動させる。吸着ヘッド230の表面とピン部材210の上面212とが当接した後は、なおもステージ部材220のみを上方に移動させ、吸着ヘッド230と粘着材4とを近接させることにより、吸着ヘッド230に粘着材4を吸着させる。吸着ヘッド230は、剥離紙43aを吸着して、粘着材4および剥離紙43bを上方に保持する。 Next, as shown in FIGS. 7A and 7B, the suction head 230 has the release paper 43a on one surface and the release paper 43b on the other surface in advance, and the stage surface 221 of the stage member 220. The adhesive material 4 placed on is adsorbed and held from above. Specifically, the stage member 220 and the pin member 210 are moved upward as a unit. After the surface of the suction head 230 and the upper surface 212 of the pin member 210 abut, only the stage member 220 is moved upward, and the suction head 230 and the adhesive material 4 are brought close to each other, so that the suction head 230 Adhesive material 4 is adsorbed. The suction head 230 sucks the release paper 43a and holds the adhesive material 4 and the release paper 43b upward.
 そして、粘着材4を吸着ヘッド230に吸着後、再度吸着ヘッド230とステージ部材220をある程度離間させて、ピン部材210を前記低い状態とし、複数のステージ部材220のステージ面221および複数のピン部材210の上面212に亘って、帯状のテープ部材7が載置される。なお、載置されたテープ部材7において上方を向く一方の面71は粘着性を有する。そして、図7(b)に示すように、吸着ヘッド230によって上方に吸着されて保持されている粘着材4が、吸着ヘッド230とステージ部材220とを再度近接させることにより、テープ部材7の粘着性を有する一方の面71上に載置されて、剥離紙43bを介してテープ部材7に貼付される。次いで、テープ部材7から剥離紙43aが除去される。剥離紙43aの除去は、人手で行われてもよいし、剥離紙除去用の装置によって行われてもよい。 Then, after adsorbing the adhesive material 4 to the adsorption head 230, the adsorption head 230 and the stage member 220 are separated again to some extent to bring the pin member 210 into the low state, and the stage surface 221 of the plurality of stage members 220 and the plurality of pin members The strip-shaped tape member 7 is placed over the upper surface 212 of 210. Note that one surface 71 facing upward in the placed tape member 7 has adhesiveness. Then, as shown in FIG. 7B, the adhesive material 4 that is attracted and held upward by the suction head 230 brings the suction head 230 and the stage member 220 close together again, thereby causing the tape member 7 to adhere. It is placed on one surface 71 having the property and attached to the tape member 7 via the release paper 43b. Next, the release paper 43 a is removed from the tape member 7. The removal of the release paper 43a may be performed manually or may be performed by an apparatus for removing the release paper.
 図7(b)においてテープ部材7は帯状としたが、テープ部材7は帯状であってもよいし、あらかじめ所定のサイズに断裁されたシート状であっても良い。テープ部材7が帯状であるほうが、連続生産において巻き出し操作によって簡便に連続的にテープ部材を供給できることから好ましい。 7 (b), the tape member 7 has a belt shape, but the tape member 7 may have a belt shape or a sheet shape that has been cut into a predetermined size in advance. It is preferable that the tape member 7 has a strip shape because the tape member can be easily and continuously supplied by unwinding operation in continuous production.
 なお、粘着材4が貼付された帯状のテープ部材において少なくとも一の端部には、粘着材4が貼付されていない余白領域72が設けられている。換言すれば、帯状のテープ部材は、粘着材4が貼付されたときに、少なくとも一の端部に粘着材4が貼付されていない余白領域72が設けられるように複数のステージ部材220のステージ面221および複数のピン部材210の上面212に亘って載置される。図7(b)においては、粘着材4が貼付された帯状のテープ部材7において、長手方向の巻きだし側とは反対側の端部(図7(b)の向かって右側)に粘着材4が貼付されていない余白領域72が設けられている図を示した。しかしながら、粘着材4が貼付されていない余白領域72は、図7(b)においてテープの巻きだし側(図7(b)の向かって左側)であっても良いし、帯状のテープ部材の巻きだし方向に平行な辺を有する端部(図7(b)の向かって手前側または奥側)であってもよい。 It should be noted that a blank area 72 where the adhesive material 4 is not attached is provided at least at one end of the belt-like tape member to which the adhesive material 4 is attached. In other words, the strip-shaped tape member has the stage surface of the plurality of stage members 220 such that when the adhesive material 4 is applied, a blank area 72 where the adhesive material 4 is not applied is provided at least at one end. 221 and the upper surface 212 of the plurality of pin members 210. 7B, in the strip-shaped tape member 7 to which the adhesive material 4 is attached, the adhesive material 4 is disposed at the end opposite to the unwinding side in the longitudinal direction (on the right side in FIG. 7B). The figure in which the blank area 72 where no is attached is provided is shown. However, the blank area 72 to which the adhesive material 4 is not applied may be on the tape winding side (left side in FIG. 7B) in FIG. 7B, or the band-shaped tape member may be wound. It may be an end having a side parallel to the extrusion direction (front side or back side as viewed in FIG. 7B).
 図8は、吸着反転部材240の動作を示す説明図である。図8に示すように、吸着反転部材240には、テープ部材7に貼付された複数の粘着材4の互いの間の領域および余白領域72をそれぞれ吸着するための吸着面241を有する。吸着反転部材240は、複数のステージ部材220のステージ面221および複数のピン部材210の上面212に亘って載置されているテープ部材7の上方から、吸着面241に当該テープ部材7を吸着する。つまり、テープ部材7の一方の面71において、貼付された複数の粘着材4の間の領域および余白領域72は、吸着反転部材240の吸着面241の下方に吸着される。 FIG. 8 is an explanatory view showing the operation of the adsorption reversing member 240. As shown in FIG. 8, the adsorption reversal member 240 has adsorption surfaces 241 for adsorbing the area between the plurality of adhesive materials 4 attached to the tape member 7 and the blank area 72. The suction reversal member 240 sucks the tape member 7 onto the suction surface 241 from above the tape member 7 placed over the stage surfaces 221 of the plurality of stage members 220 and the upper surfaces 212 of the plurality of pin members 210. . That is, on one surface 71 of the tape member 7, the region between the adhered adhesive materials 4 and the blank region 72 are adsorbed below the adsorption surface 241 of the adsorption reversal member 240.
 そして、吸着反転部材240は、図8に示すように上下反転動作を行う。つまり、テープ部材7の一方の面71において、貼付された複数の粘着材4の間の領域、および余白領域72は、吸着反転部材240の吸着面241の上方に吸着されることになる。なお、吸着反転部材240は、例えば、長手方向の両端部において回転可能に支持され、当該長手方向を軸に回転して上下反転動作を行う。吸着反転部材240が行う上下反転動作は他の方法で行われてもよい。 And the adsorption reversal member 240 performs a vertical reversal operation as shown in FIG. That is, on one surface 71 of the tape member 7, the region between the affixed adhesive materials 4 and the blank region 72 are adsorbed above the adsorption surface 241 of the adsorption reversal member 240. The suction reversing member 240 is rotatably supported at both ends in the longitudinal direction, for example, and rotates up and down around the longitudinal direction to perform the upside down operation. The upside down operation performed by the suction inversion member 240 may be performed by other methods.
 図9は、吸着反転部材240と吸着移載部材250(テープ部材吸着部)とによるテープ部材7の受け渡しを示す説明図である。図9に示すように、吸着移載部材250は、吸着反転部材240の吸着面241の上方から、テープ部材7の一方の面71の裏側の他方の面73を下方に吸着するとともに、吸着反転部材240は、吸着動作を終了する。すると、テープ部材7は、吸着反転部材240から吸着移載部材250に渡される。吸着移載部材250は、窒素置換チャンバ600上にテープ部材7とともに移動する。 FIG. 9 is an explanatory diagram showing delivery of the tape member 7 by the suction reversal member 240 and the suction transfer member 250 (tape member suction portion). As shown in FIG. 9, the adsorption transfer member 250 adsorbs the other surface 73 on the back side of one surface 71 of the tape member 7 from above the adsorption surface 241 of the adsorption reversal member 240 and also reverses the adsorption. The member 240 ends the suction operation. Then, the tape member 7 is transferred from the suction reversal member 240 to the suction transfer member 250. The adsorption transfer member 250 moves together with the tape member 7 on the nitrogen replacement chamber 600.
 剥離紙43bのみが貼付されている粘着材4を用いる場合、まず、図7(a)同様に、剥離紙43bのみが添付されている粘着材4を、ピン部材210の側面219に当接し、かつ、剥離紙43b側の面がステージ部材220のステージ面221に接するように配置する。そして、吸着ヘッド230の表面を、粘着材4が粘着しない素材で形成しておけば、前述と同様の工程で粘着材4とテープ部材7の貼付が可能である。粘着材4が粘着しない素材は例えばフッ素化された樹脂を用いることができ、具体的にはポリテトラフルオロエチレンなどが挙げられる。 When the adhesive material 4 to which only the release paper 43b is attached is used, first, as in FIG. 7A, the adhesive material 4 to which only the release paper 43b is attached is brought into contact with the side surface 219 of the pin member 210, And it arrange | positions so that the surface by the side of the peeling paper 43b may contact the stage surface 221 of the stage member 220. FIG. If the surface of the suction head 230 is formed of a material to which the adhesive material 4 does not adhere, the adhesive material 4 and the tape member 7 can be attached in the same process as described above. As the material to which the adhesive material 4 does not adhere, for example, a fluorinated resin can be used, and specific examples thereof include polytetrafluoroethylene.
 剥離紙43aのみが貼付されている粘着材4を用いる場合、まず、図7(a)同様に、剥離紙43aのみが貼付されている粘着材4を、ピン部材210の側面219に当接し、かつ、剥離紙43aの反対側の粘着材面がステージ部材220のステージ面221に接するように配置する。ステージ面221は、粘着材4が粘着しない素材で形成されている。粘着材4が粘着しない素材は例えばフッ素化された樹脂を用いることができ、具体的にはポリテトラフルオロエチレンなどが挙げられる。 When the adhesive material 4 to which only the release paper 43a is attached is used, first, as in FIG. 7A, the adhesive material 4 to which only the release paper 43a is attached is brought into contact with the side surface 219 of the pin member 210, In addition, the adhesive material surface on the opposite side of the release paper 43 a is disposed so as to contact the stage surface 221 of the stage member 220. The stage surface 221 is formed of a material to which the adhesive material 4 does not adhere. As the material to which the adhesive material 4 does not adhere, for example, a fluorinated resin can be used, and specific examples thereof include polytetrafluoroethylene.
 次に、ピン部材210を粘着材4の剥離紙43aの面の高さと同じか低い位置まで下げる。 Next, the pin member 210 is lowered to a position equal to or lower than the height of the surface of the release paper 43a of the adhesive material 4.
 次に、粘着性を有するテープ部材7の粘着性を有する面を粘着材4の剥離紙43aに対向するように配置し、テープ部材7の粘着性を有する面を粘着材4の剥離紙43aに貼り合せる。 Next, the adhesive surface of the adhesive tape member 7 is disposed so as to face the release paper 43 a of the adhesive material 4, and the adhesive surface of the tape member 7 is applied to the release paper 43 a of the adhesive material 4. Paste.
 以上の工程により、剥離紙43aを介して粘着材4が貼付されたテープ部材7を得ることができる。この方法によれば、粘着材4が貼付されたテープ部材7を反転させる工程が不要となり生産効率を高めることができる。 Through the above steps, the tape member 7 to which the adhesive material 4 is attached via the release paper 43a can be obtained. According to this method, the step of inverting the tape member 7 to which the adhesive material 4 is attached is not necessary, and the production efficiency can be increased.
 工程を簡略化できる観点においては、片面のみに剥離紙が添付されている粘着材4を用いる本工程の方が好ましい。 From the viewpoint of simplifying the process, this process using the adhesive material 4 having the release paper attached to only one side is preferable.
 粘着材4の取り扱い性の観点においては、両面に剥離紙が添付された粘着材4を用いる工程の方が好ましい。 From the viewpoint of handleability of the adhesive material 4, a process using the adhesive material 4 with release paper attached on both sides is preferable.
 図10(a),(b)は、窒素置換チャンバ600による窒素置換の工程を示す説明図である。図10(a)に示すように、窒素置換チャンバ600は貫通孔605が設けられた上面606を有している。 FIGS. 10A and 10B are explanatory diagrams showing a nitrogen replacement process by the nitrogen replacement chamber 600. FIG. As shown in FIG. 10A, the nitrogen replacement chamber 600 has an upper surface 606 provided with a through hole 605.
 また、図10(a)に示すように、テープ部材7を下方に吸着した吸着移載部材250は、封止部材10が載置されている窒素置換チャンバ600内の載置テーブル610の上方に移動する。なお、載置テーブル610には、テープ部材7の長手方向に沿って移動可能な後述するローラ部材611が設置されている。 Further, as shown in FIG. 10A, the adsorption transfer member 250 that has adsorbed the tape member 7 downward is located above the placement table 610 in the nitrogen replacement chamber 600 on which the sealing member 10 is placed. Moving. The mounting table 610 is provided with a roller member 611 (described later) that can move along the longitudinal direction of the tape member 7.
 図10(a)に示すように、吸着移載部材250の上方は上面部601によって覆われ、載置テーブル610の下方は下面部602によって覆われている。また、載置テーブル610の側方は、側面部603によって覆われている。図10(a)に示す例では、側面部603は、下端が下面部602の上面に当接している。そして、側面部603において載置テーブル610に対向する面の反対側の面である外側面604は、窒素置換チャンバ600の上面606に設けられた貫通孔605の端部607に当接している。 As shown in FIG. 10A, the upper portion of the suction transfer member 250 is covered by the upper surface portion 601 and the lower portion of the mounting table 610 is covered by the lower surface portion 602. Further, the side of the mounting table 610 is covered with a side surface 603. In the example shown in FIG. 10A, the side surface 603 has a lower end in contact with the upper surface of the lower surface portion 602. The outer surface 604, which is the surface opposite to the surface facing the mounting table 610 in the side surface portion 603, is in contact with the end portion 607 of the through hole 605 provided in the upper surface 606 of the nitrogen replacement chamber 600.
 従って、窒素置換チャンバ600の上面606に設けられた貫通孔605は、側面部603および下面部602によって塞がれて、当該窒素置換チャンバ600内の窒素が外部に流出しない状態にできるように構成されている。 Accordingly, the through hole 605 provided in the upper surface 606 of the nitrogen replacement chamber 600 is blocked by the side surface portion 603 and the lower surface portion 602 so that the nitrogen in the nitrogen replacement chamber 600 does not flow out to the outside. Has been.
 そして、図10(b)に示すように、上面部601が下方に移動して、または下面部602、側面部603及び窒素置換チャンバ600が上方に移動して、上面部601と下面部602とが相対的に近づいて、上面部601と下面部602との間の空間が側面部603によって覆われ(側面部603の上端が上面部601に当接し、側面部603の下端が下面部602に当接し)、当該空間が密閉された状態(第1状態)になる。なお、ローラ部材611は、上面部601と下面部602とが近づいても干渉しない位置に配置されているとする。また、このとき、粘着材4と封止部材10とは接触しない配置である。そして、当該空間が密閉された状態で当該空間から空気を排出して真空排気してから窒素を供給し、当該空間内を窒素雰囲気にする。 Then, as shown in FIG. 10B, the upper surface portion 601 moves downward, or the lower surface portion 602, the side surface portion 603, and the nitrogen replacement chamber 600 move upward, and the upper surface portion 601 and the lower surface portion 602 are moved. Are relatively close, and the space between the upper surface portion 601 and the lower surface portion 602 is covered by the side surface portion 603 (the upper end of the side surface portion 603 abuts on the upper surface portion 601 and the lower end of the side surface portion 603 becomes the lower surface portion 602. Contact), and the space is sealed (first state). It is assumed that the roller member 611 is disposed at a position that does not interfere even when the upper surface portion 601 and the lower surface portion 602 approach each other. At this time, the adhesive material 4 and the sealing member 10 are not in contact with each other. Then, in a state where the space is sealed, air is exhausted from the space and evacuated, and then nitrogen is supplied to create a nitrogen atmosphere in the space.
 このように、当該空間の第1状態の窒素置換は、上面部601と下面部602とが近づいた状態で行われるので、空気の排出及び窒素置換を行う空間の体積を狭くすることができるため、より短時間で当該空間内を窒素雰囲気とすることができる。 Thus, nitrogen replacement in the first state of the space is performed in a state in which the upper surface portion 601 and the lower surface portion 602 are close to each other, so that the volume of the space for discharging air and replacing nitrogen can be reduced. Thus, the interior of the space can be made a nitrogen atmosphere in a shorter time.
 図11(a),(b),(c)は、粘着材4を封止部材10に貼付する工程を示す説明図である。図11(a)に示すように、下面部602が下方に移動して、または上面部601と側面部603が上方に移動して、上面部601と下面部602とが相対的に離間し、ローラ部材611は、テープ部材7の長手方向に沿って移動可能な状態(第2状態)になる。図11の形態の装置においては、下面部602が下方に移動する。 FIGS. 11A, 11 </ b> B, and 11 </ b> C are explanatory diagrams illustrating a process of attaching the adhesive material 4 to the sealing member 10. As shown in FIG. 11A, the lower surface portion 602 moves downward, or the upper surface portion 601 and the side surface portion 603 move upward, so that the upper surface portion 601 and the lower surface portion 602 are relatively separated from each other, The roller member 611 becomes movable (second state) along the longitudinal direction of the tape member 7. In the apparatus shown in FIG. 11, the lower surface portion 602 moves downward.
 図11(a),(b),(c)に示すように、ローラ部材611は、支持部612およびローラ部613を含む。支持部612は、一端は載置テーブル610によってテープ部材7の長手方向に沿って移動可能に支持され、他端はローラ部613を回動可能に支持する。ローラ部613は、円筒形状に形成され、中心軸周りに回転する。 As shown in FIGS. 11A, 11 </ b> B, and 11 </ b> C, the roller member 611 includes a support portion 612 and a roller portion 613. One end of the support portion 612 is supported by the mounting table 610 so as to be movable along the longitudinal direction of the tape member 7, and the other end supports the roller portion 613 so as to be rotatable. The roller part 613 is formed in a cylindrical shape and rotates around the central axis.
 図11(b),(c)に示すように、ローラ部613は、吸着移載部材250からテープ部材7を剥離しながら吸着移載部材250とテープ部材7との間を帯状のテープ部材7の長手方向に沿って一方の端部から他方の端部の方向へ転動する。つまり、ローラ部材611の支持部612がテープ部材7の長手方向に沿って移動するに伴って、ローラ部613が吸着移載部材250からテープ部材7を剥離しながら転動する。また、ローラ部613の周面は、テープ部材7側から粘着材4を封止部材10に押しつけて粘着材4を封止部材10に貼り合せる。 As shown in FIGS. 11B and 11C, the roller portion 613 has a strip-shaped tape member 7 between the suction transfer member 250 and the tape member 7 while peeling the tape member 7 from the suction transfer member 250. Rolling from one end to the other end along the longitudinal direction. That is, as the support portion 612 of the roller member 611 moves along the longitudinal direction of the tape member 7, the roller portion 613 rolls while peeling the tape member 7 from the suction transfer member 250. Further, the peripheral surface of the roller portion 613 presses the adhesive material 4 against the sealing member 10 from the tape member 7 side, and bonds the adhesive material 4 to the sealing member 10.
 ローラ部613が、テープ部材7の長手方向に沿って一方の端部から他方の端部の方向へ転動して、周面によってテープ部材7側から粘着材4を封止部材10に押しつけて粘着材4を封止部材10に貼り合せるように構成されているので、粘着材4と封止部材10との間に空間が生じることを良好に防ぐことができる。 The roller portion 613 rolls from one end portion to the other end portion along the longitudinal direction of the tape member 7, and presses the adhesive material 4 against the sealing member 10 from the tape member 7 side by the peripheral surface. Since the adhesive material 4 is configured to be bonded to the sealing member 10, it is possible to favorably prevent a space from being generated between the adhesive material 4 and the sealing member 10.
 なお、吸着移載部材250は、テープ部材7の長手方向に沿って一方の端部から他方の端部の方向へ当該テープ部材7を剥離していくときに、当該テープ部材の他方の端部側の吸着動作を継続することが好ましい。これにより、ローラ部613の転動中にテープ部材7の下方への落下を防止することができる。また、ローラの転動中にテープ部材7と封止部材10の位置がずれることなく精度良くテープ部材7と封止部材10とを貼り合わせることが出来、かつ、粘着材4におけるしわの発生を良好に防ぎ、粘着材4と封止部材10との間に空隙ができることを防ぐことができる。 The suction transfer member 250 is configured such that when the tape member 7 is peeled from the one end to the other end along the longitudinal direction of the tape member 7, the other end of the tape member is removed. It is preferable to continue the suction operation on the side. Thereby, it is possible to prevent the tape member 7 from falling downward while the roller portion 613 is rolling. In addition, the tape member 7 and the sealing member 10 can be bonded with high accuracy without causing the positions of the tape member 7 and the sealing member 10 to shift during the rolling of the roller, and the occurrence of wrinkles in the adhesive material 4 can be prevented. It can prevent well and it can prevent that a space | gap is made between the adhesive material 4 and the sealing member 10. FIG.
 また、ローラ部613による粘着材4と封止部材10との貼り合せの位置合わせ調整を容易にするために、上面部601および吸着移載部材250の少なくとも一部に、内部が作業者によって、または撮影手段等の監視装置によって確認可能なように窓部が設けられていることが好ましい。 Further, in order to facilitate the alignment adjustment of the bonding of the adhesive material 4 and the sealing member 10 by the roller portion 613, the inside is provided by at least a part of the upper surface portion 601 and the suction transfer member 250 by an operator. Or it is preferable that the window part is provided so that it can confirm with monitoring apparatuses, such as imaging | photography means.
(吸着ハンド)
 吸着ハンド700について説明する。吸着ハンド700は、互いに貼り合された粘着材4、封止部材10、およびテープ部材7を窒素置換チャンバ600から真空チャンバ800に移載するために用いられる。なお、真空チャンバ800は、内部を真空雰囲気とすることが可能な容器である。
(Suction hand)
The suction hand 700 will be described. The suction hand 700 is used to transfer the adhesive material 4, the sealing member 10, and the tape member 7 bonded together to the vacuum chamber 800 from the nitrogen substitution chamber 600. Note that the vacuum chamber 800 is a container whose inside can be in a vacuum atmosphere.
 図12(a),(b)は、吸着ハンド700の動作を示す説明図である。図12(a)に示すように、吸着ハンド700は、載置テーブル610に互いに貼り合されて載置されているテープ部材7、粘着材4、および封止部材10を、上方にあるテープ部材7の他方の面73側から上方に吸着して保持する。 12A and 12B are explanatory views showing the operation of the suction hand 700. FIG. As shown in FIG. 12 (a), the suction hand 700 has the tape member 7, the adhesive material 4, and the sealing member 10 that are mounted on the mounting table 610 and bonded to each other. 7 is attracted and held upward from the other surface 73 side.
 そして、図12(b)に示すように、吸着ハンド700は、互いに貼り合わされているテープ部材7、粘着材4、および封止部材10を吸着して保持したまま、真空チャンバ800内に設置されて上面801を有する載置テーブル802の上方に移動する。次いで、吸着ハンド700は、互いに貼り合されているテープ部材7、粘着材4、および封止部材10を載置テーブル802の上面801に載置する。 Then, as shown in FIG. 12B, the suction hand 700 is installed in the vacuum chamber 800 while sucking and holding the tape member 7, the adhesive material 4, and the sealing member 10 bonded together. Then, it moves above the mounting table 802 having the upper surface 801. Next, the suction hand 700 places the tape member 7, the adhesive material 4, and the sealing member 10 bonded together on the upper surface 801 of the placement table 802.
(テープ部材剥離装置)
 図13(a),(b)は、テープ部材剥離装置300の動作を示す説明図である。図13(a)に示すように、テープ部材剥離装置300は、テープ部材折り曲げ部材301とテープ部材把持部材302(把持部)、テープ部材剥離補助部材303とを含み、さらに図13(a),(b)において図示しないテープ部材載置台304(載置台)を含む。
(Tape member peeling device)
FIGS. 13A and 13B are explanatory views showing the operation of the tape member peeling apparatus 300. FIG. As shown in FIG. 13 (a), the tape member peeling apparatus 300 includes a tape member bending member 301, a tape member gripping member 302 (grip), and a tape member peeling assisting member 303. (B) includes a tape member mounting table 304 (mounting table) (not shown).
 図13(a)に示すように、テープ部材折り曲げ部材301は、例えば、載置テーブル802の上面801に載置されたテープ部材7に向かって移動可能に支持されている棒状体であり、先端部がテープ部材7の余白領域72に当接することによって、当該テープ部材7の余白領域72を上方に折り曲げる。 As shown in FIG. 13A, the tape member bending member 301 is, for example, a rod-like body that is supported so as to be movable toward the tape member 7 placed on the upper surface 801 of the placement table 802. When the portion comes into contact with the blank area 72 of the tape member 7, the blank area 72 of the tape member 7 is bent upward.
 そして、テープ部材把持部材302は、折り曲げられた当該テープ部材7の余白領域72の少なくとも一部を把持しながらテープ部材7から離間するように移動することによって、当該テープ部材7および当該テープ部材7に貼付されている剥離紙43bを粘着材4から剥離する。 Then, the tape member gripping member 302 moves away from the tape member 7 while gripping at least a part of the blank area 72 of the tape member 7 that is bent, whereby the tape member 7 and the tape member 7. The release paper 43b affixed to is peeled from the adhesive material 4.
 具体的には、テープ部材把持部材302が、折り曲げられた当該テープ部材7の余白領域72を把持しながらテープ部材7から離間するように移動する。テープ部材剥離補助部材303が、移動しているテープ部材把持部材302の下方のテープ部材7を粘着材4に押しつけながら、当該テープ部材把持部材302と同様にテープ部材7の長手方向に移動する。すると、テープ部材剥離補助部材303が粘着材4に押しつけている箇所を支点にテープ部材7がテープ部材把持部材302によって引っ張られ、テープ部材把持部材302およびテープ部材剥離補助部材303の移動に伴ってテープ部材7および当該テープ部材7に貼付されている剥離紙43bは粘着材4から剥離される。 Specifically, the tape member gripping member 302 moves away from the tape member 7 while gripping the blank area 72 of the bent tape member 7. The tape member peeling auxiliary member 303 moves in the longitudinal direction of the tape member 7 similarly to the tape member holding member 302 while pressing the tape member 7 below the moving tape member holding member 302 against the adhesive material 4. Then, the tape member 7 is pulled by the tape member gripping member 302 with the position where the tape member peeling assisting member 303 is pressed against the adhesive material 4 as the tape member gripping member 302 and the tape member peeling assisting member 303 move. The tape member 7 and the release paper 43 b attached to the tape member 7 are peeled from the adhesive material 4.
 テープ部材剥離補助部材303によってテープ部材7を封止部材10側に押し付けておくことによって、テープ部材7および当該テープ部材7に貼付されている剥離紙43bを剥離する際に、封止部材10及び粘着材4が載置テーブル802の上面801の所定の位置からずれることを良好に抑制する。 When the tape member 7 is pressed against the sealing member 10 side by the tape member peeling auxiliary member 303, when the tape member 7 and the release paper 43b attached to the tape member 7 are peeled, the sealing member 10 and It is possible to satisfactorily suppress the adhesive material 4 from shifting from a predetermined position on the upper surface 801 of the mounting table 802.
 なお、図13(a),(b)に示す例では、テープ部材剥離補助部材303は直角三角形状の断面を有するように形成されているが、他の形状であってもよい。テープ部材7および当該テープ部材7に貼付されている剥離紙43bを粘着材4からムラ無く均一に剥離するために、剥離されたテープ部材7の剥離角(剥離されたテープ部材7の面と、テープ部材7を剥離した封止部材10に貼り合された粘着材4の面とのなす角)は鋭角であることが好ましい。剥離されたテープ部材7の剥離角を鋭角にするためには、テープ部材剥離補助部材303は、テープ部材7と接する面が平面であり、テープ部材7がテープ部材把持部材302によって引っ張られたときに支点になる箇所の断面の角度が鋭角形状であることが好ましい。また、テープ部材剥離補助部材303の形状が薄板状である場合、テープ部材剥離補助部材303の、テープ部材7がテープ部材把持部材302によって引っ張られたときに支点になる箇所の断面の形状の曲率半径は、テープ部材7を切断しないためには5μm以上であることが好ましい。また、テープ部材剥離補助部材303の、テープ部材7がテープ部材把持部材302によって引っ張られたときに支点になる箇所の断面の形状の曲率半径は、剥離角を鋭角に保ってムラ無く均一に剥離するためには5mm以下であることが好ましい。 In addition, in the example shown to Fig.13 (a), (b), although the tape member peeling auxiliary member 303 is formed so that it may have a right-angled triangular cross section, other shapes may be sufficient. In order to peel the tape member 7 and the release paper 43b attached to the tape member 7 uniformly from the adhesive material 4 without unevenness, the peel angle of the peeled tape member 7 (the surface of the peeled tape member 7 and The angle formed by the surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive 4 bonded to the sealing member 10 from which the tape member 7 has been peeled is preferably an acute angle. In order to make the peeling angle of the peeled tape member 7 an acute angle, the tape member peeling auxiliary member 303 has a flat surface in contact with the tape member 7, and the tape member 7 is pulled by the tape member gripping member 302. It is preferable that the angle of the cross section of the part which becomes a fulcrum is an acute angle shape. Further, when the shape of the tape member peeling assisting member 303 is a thin plate, the curvature of the shape of the cross section of the tape member peeling assisting member 303 that becomes a fulcrum when the tape member 7 is pulled by the tape member gripping member 302 is used. The radius is preferably 5 μm or more so as not to cut the tape member 7. Further, the radius of curvature of the cross-sectional shape of the tape member peeling assisting member 303 that becomes a fulcrum when the tape member 7 is pulled by the tape member gripping member 302 is uniformly peeled with the peeling angle kept at an acute angle. In order to achieve this, it is preferably 5 mm or less.
 テープ部材把持部材302は、粘着材4から剥離したテープ部材7および当該テープ部材7に貼付されている剥離紙43bを、テープ部材載置台304の上面305上に載置する。図14は、テープ部材把持部材302による粘着材4から剥離したテープ部材7および当該テープ部材7に貼付されている剥離紙43bをテープ部材載置台304の上面305上に載置する動作を示す説明図である。図14の右側に示されているように、テープ部材把持部材302は、粘着材4から剥離したテープ部材7および当該テープ部材7に貼付されている剥離紙43bを、図14の左側に示されているように、テープ部材載置台304の上面305上に載置する。 The tape member gripping member 302 places the tape member 7 peeled from the adhesive material 4 and the release paper 43b attached to the tape member 7 on the upper surface 305 of the tape member mounting table 304. FIG. 14 illustrates the operation of placing the tape member 7 peeled from the adhesive material 4 by the tape member gripping member 302 and the release paper 43b attached to the tape member 7 on the upper surface 305 of the tape member mounting table 304. FIG. As shown on the right side of FIG. 14, the tape member gripping member 302 shows the tape member 7 peeled off from the adhesive material 4 and the release paper 43b attached to the tape member 7 on the left side of FIG. As described above, the tape member is placed on the upper surface 305 of the tape member placement table 304.
 テープ部材剥離装置300は、仕切り部材310によって外気と仕切られた窒素雰囲気内に設置されている。そして、図14の左側に示すように、テープ部材載置台304は、仕切り部材310の天面に設けられ、押し上げられると開状態になる蓋311(蓋部)によって外方から覆われている貫通孔312の下方に移動する。なお、テープ部材載置台304の外形形状および外径と、貫通孔312の内形形状および内径とは、テープ部材載置台304と貫通孔312とが嵌合可能なようにそれぞれ設定されている。また、蓋311は、例えば、Oリング等の密封用部材を介して仕切り部材310の天面の外面に当接している。そして、テープ部材載置台304が上方に移動すると、テープ部材載置台304は貫通孔312と嵌合状態になり、テープ部材載置台304の上面305が蓋311を上方に押し上げる。 The tape member peeling apparatus 300 is installed in a nitrogen atmosphere separated from the outside air by the partition member 310. And as shown on the left side of FIG. 14, the tape member mounting base 304 is provided on the top surface of the partition member 310, and is covered from the outside by a lid 311 (lid portion) that is opened when pushed up. It moves below the hole 312. The outer shape and outer diameter of the tape member mounting table 304 and the inner shape and inner diameter of the through hole 312 are set so that the tape member mounting table 304 and the through hole 312 can be fitted. Further, the lid 311 is in contact with the outer surface of the top surface of the partition member 310 via a sealing member such as an O-ring. When the tape member mounting table 304 moves upward, the tape member mounting table 304 is brought into a fitted state with the through hole 312, and the upper surface 305 of the tape member mounting table 304 pushes the lid 311 upward.
 図15(a)~(f)は、テープ部材載置台304の動作を示す説明図である。図15(a)に示すように貫通孔312の下方に移動したテープ部材載置台304は、図15(b)に示すように上方に移動して、上面305が剥離されたテープ部材7を介して蓋311の下面に密着する。そして、テープ部材載置台304はさらに上方に移動すると、図15(c)に示すようにテープ部材載置台304は上面305で蓋311を上方に押し上げる。 15 (a) to 15 (f) are explanatory diagrams showing the operation of the tape member mounting table 304. FIG. As shown in FIG. 15A, the tape member mounting table 304 that has moved below the through-hole 312 moves upward as shown in FIG. 15B, and passes through the tape member 7 from which the upper surface 305 has been peeled off. And adheres to the lower surface of the lid 311. When the tape member mounting table 304 moves further upward, the tape member mounting table 304 pushes the lid 311 upward at the upper surface 305 as shown in FIG.
 図15(d)に示すように、テープ部材載置台304の上面305によって上方に押し上げられた蓋311が図示しない蓋支持部材によってさらに上方に持ち上げられるとともに、図示しないテープ部材除去部材によって、テープ部材載置台304の上面305に載置されているテープ部材7および当該テープ部材7に貼付されている剥離紙43bが除去される。この工程は人の手で行ってもよいし、テープ部材除去用の装置によって行われてもよい。 As shown in FIG. 15D, the lid 311 pushed upward by the upper surface 305 of the tape member mounting table 304 is further lifted upward by a lid support member (not shown), and the tape member is removed by a tape member removal member (not shown). The tape member 7 mounted on the upper surface 305 of the mounting table 304 and the release paper 43b attached to the tape member 7 are removed. This step may be performed manually or by an apparatus for removing the tape member.
 なお、前述したように、テープ部材載置台304の外形形状および外径と、貫通孔312の内形形状および内径とは、テープ部材載置台304と貫通孔312とが嵌合可能なようにそれぞれ設定されている。そのため、図15(c),(d)に示すように蓋311が開状態であっても、貫通孔312を通る外気の流入を良好に防止することができる。なお、窒素雰囲気の気圧が外部の気圧よりも高ければ、気密性が高くなくとも外気の流入をより効果的に防止することができるため好ましい。 As described above, the outer shape and outer diameter of the tape member mounting table 304 and the inner shape and inner diameter of the through hole 312 are such that the tape member mounting table 304 and the through hole 312 can be fitted. Is set. Therefore, even if the lid 311 is in the open state as shown in FIGS. 15C and 15D, the inflow of outside air through the through hole 312 can be well prevented. Note that it is preferable that the atmospheric pressure of the nitrogen atmosphere is higher than the external atmospheric pressure because the inflow of outside air can be more effectively prevented even if the airtightness is not high.
 そして、図15(e)に示すようにテープ部材載置台304が下方に移動すると蓋311が閉状態となり、さらにテープ部材載置台304が下方に移動すると、図15(f)に示すようにテープ部材載置台304の上面305は蓋311の下面から離間する。 When the tape member mounting table 304 moves downward as shown in FIG. 15 (e), the lid 311 is closed, and when the tape member mounting table 304 moves further downward, the tape as shown in FIG. 15 (f). The upper surface 305 of the member mounting table 304 is separated from the lower surface of the lid 311.
(封止部材貼り合せ装置)
 次に、封止部材貼り合せ装置400について説明する。有機EL素子3が形成された基板2は、搬入室(図示せず)から有機EL発光モジュールの製造システムに搬入される。図16は、有機EL発光モジュールの製造システムに搬入された基板2の移動を示す説明図である。図16に示すように、基板2は、回動可能にそれぞれ支持されている複数のローラ411によって下方から支持されて移動する。
(Sealing member laminating device)
Next, the sealing member bonding apparatus 400 will be described. The board | substrate 2 with which the organic EL element 3 was formed is carried in into the manufacturing system of an organic EL light emitting module from a carrying-in chamber (not shown). FIG. 16 is an explanatory view showing the movement of the substrate 2 carried into the manufacturing system of the organic EL light emitting module. As shown in FIG. 16, the substrate 2 moves while being supported from below by a plurality of rollers 411 that are rotatably supported.
 図17は、封止部材貼り合せ装置400における基板2の位置調整を示す説明図である。図17に示すように、封止部材貼り合せ装置400は、基板2を撮影する撮影手段401と、基板2が載置されるとともに、撮影手段401の撮影結果に基づいて基板2を移動および回転させる調整台402とを含む。撮影手段401は、調整台402に載置されている基板2を撮影する。調整台402は、予め基板2における対向する二隅や四隅に示されているアライメントマークが撮影された位置にもとづいて、基板2の位置を調整する。より具体的には、調整台402の制御部(図示せず)は、撮影結果に基づいて基板2の位置が規定の位置と比べてローラ411による移動方向にずれていると判断した場合には、ローラ411を回転駆動して基板2を規定の位置に移動させる。また、調整台402の制御部は、撮影結果に基づいて基板2の向きが規定の向きに対して載置面上で斜めになっていると判断した場合には、基板2が規定の向きになるように調整台402を載置面に沿って回転させる。 FIG. 17 is an explanatory diagram showing position adjustment of the substrate 2 in the sealing member laminating apparatus 400. As shown in FIG. 17, the sealing member laminating apparatus 400 includes an imaging unit 401 that images the substrate 2, and the substrate 2 is placed, and the substrate 2 is moved and rotated based on the imaging result of the imaging unit 401. And an adjustment table 402 to be adjusted. The imaging unit 401 images the substrate 2 placed on the adjustment table 402. The adjustment table 402 adjusts the position of the substrate 2 based on the positions where the alignment marks shown at the two opposite corners and the four corners of the substrate 2 are previously photographed. More specifically, when the control unit (not shown) of the adjustment base 402 determines that the position of the substrate 2 is shifted in the moving direction by the roller 411 compared to the specified position based on the imaging result. Then, the roller 411 is rotationally driven to move the substrate 2 to a specified position. In addition, when the control unit of the adjustment base 402 determines that the orientation of the substrate 2 is oblique on the placement surface with respect to the prescribed orientation based on the imaging result, the substrate 2 is in the prescribed orientation. Thus, the adjustment table 402 is rotated along the mounting surface.
 図18(a),(b)は、基板2の真空チャンバ800内への移動を示す説明図である。調整台402は、基板2の位置等の調整が終了すると基板2を載置した状態で真空チャンバ800の蓋部803の下方に移動する(図18(a))。蓋部803は、下方を開口方向とする凹部804を有している。そして、蓋部803の下方に設けられ、下面820に基板2を真空吸着するための複数の吸入孔が設けられている基板吸着部材805(基板吸着上面部)が、図18(a)に破線で示されているように調整台402に載置されている基板2を吸着して上方に保持する。基板吸着部材805が調整台402に載置されている基板2を吸着して上方に保持すると、調整台402は、撮影手段401等が設置されて位置等の調整を行った場所に移動して、真空チャンバ800の蓋部803の下方から離れる。 18A and 18B are explanatory views showing the movement of the substrate 2 into the vacuum chamber 800. FIG. When the adjustment of the position and the like of the substrate 2 is completed, the adjustment table 402 moves below the lid portion 803 of the vacuum chamber 800 with the substrate 2 placed thereon (FIG. 18A). The lid portion 803 has a concave portion 804 whose downward direction is the opening direction. A substrate adsorbing member 805 (substrate adsorbing upper surface portion) provided below the lid portion 803 and having a plurality of suction holes for vacuum adsorbing the substrate 2 on the lower surface 820 is indicated by a broken line in FIG. As shown, the substrate 2 placed on the adjustment table 402 is sucked and held upward. When the substrate adsorbing member 805 adsorbs the substrate 2 placed on the adjustment table 402 and holds it upward, the adjustment table 402 moves to the place where the photographing unit 401 or the like is installed and the position or the like is adjusted. , Away from the bottom of the lid 803 of the vacuum chamber 800.
 そして、粘着材4が貼り合された封止部材10が載置された載置テーブル802(部材セット部)が、調整台402が離れた真空チャンバ800の蓋部803の下方の位置に、当該載置テーブル802の下方および側方を覆い上方を開口方向とする凹部806を有するチャンバ下部807とともに移動する。そして、真空チャンバ800の蓋部803における凹部804の端面とチャンバ下部807の凹部806の端面808とが当接することによって、真空チャンバ800の内部と外部とが仕切られ、基板吸着部材805による基板2の吸着動作が終了するとともに、真空チャンバ800の内部を真空雰囲気にするための真空引きの動作が行われ、当該内部は真空雰囲気となる。 Then, the mounting table 802 (member setting unit) on which the sealing member 10 to which the adhesive material 4 is bonded is mounted at a position below the lid 803 of the vacuum chamber 800 where the adjustment table 402 is separated. It moves together with a chamber lower part 807 having a recess 806 that covers the lower side and the side of the mounting table 802 and opens upward. Then, the end surface of the concave portion 804 in the lid portion 803 of the vacuum chamber 800 and the end surface 808 of the concave portion 806 in the chamber lower portion 807 come into contact with each other, whereby the inside and the outside of the vacuum chamber 800 are partitioned, and the substrate 2 by the substrate adsorbing member 805 At the same time, the vacuuming operation for making the inside of the vacuum chamber 800 a vacuum atmosphere is performed, and the inside becomes a vacuum atmosphere.
 なお、図18(b)に破線で示すように、チャンバ下部807の凹部806の開口形状は、端面808が基板2の外縁部を支持するように形成されている。従って、基板吸着部材805による基板2の吸着動作が終了すると、基板2は、チャンバ下部807の凹部806の端面808(支持台部)によって外縁部が支持される。下面820と、端面808との高さの差は、基板2の外縁部への接触時の衝撃を抑制するため、通常10mm以下、好ましくは5mm以下、更に好ましくは2mm以下である。真空チャンバ800の蓋部803における凹部804の端面とチャンバ下部807の凹部806の端面808とが当接した際に、基板2の外縁部が端面808に接触することを防止するため、下面820と、端面808との高さの差は、基板2の厚みにプラスして通常0.01mm以上、好ましくは0.1mm以上である。 Note that, as indicated by a broken line in FIG. 18B, the opening shape of the recess 806 of the chamber lower portion 807 is formed such that the end surface 808 supports the outer edge portion of the substrate 2. Accordingly, when the adsorption operation of the substrate 2 by the substrate adsorption member 805 is completed, the outer edge portion of the substrate 2 is supported by the end surface 808 (support base portion) of the recess 806 of the chamber lower portion 807. The difference in height between the lower surface 820 and the end surface 808 is usually 10 mm or less, preferably 5 mm or less, and more preferably 2 mm or less in order to suppress an impact when contacting the outer edge portion of the substrate 2. In order to prevent the outer edge portion of the substrate 2 from contacting the end surface 808 when the end surface of the recess 804 in the lid portion 803 of the vacuum chamber 800 and the end surface 808 of the recess 806 in the chamber lower portion 807 are in contact with each other, The difference in height from the end face 808 is usually 0.01 mm or more, preferably 0.1 mm or more in addition to the thickness of the substrate 2.
 なお、図18(b)においては、チャンバ下部807の凹部806の端面808(支持台部)は、蓋部803の凹部804の端面と対向する面と同一であるが、段差を設けて端面808を形成してもよい。 In FIG. 18B, the end surface 808 (support base) of the recess 806 of the chamber lower portion 807 is the same as the surface facing the end surface of the recess 804 of the lid 803, but the end surface 808 is provided with a step. May be formed.
 チャンバ下部807の凹部806の端面808に当接して支持される基板2の外縁部は、長方形状の基板2の四隅であってもよいし、対向する二つの短辺または長辺に沿う端辺部であってもよい。 The outer edge portion of the substrate 2 supported by being in contact with the end surface 808 of the recess 806 of the chamber lower portion 807 may be the four corners of the rectangular substrate 2, or the end sides along two opposing short sides or long sides. Part.
 図19は、基板2を粘着材4が貼り合された封止部材10に貼り合わせる装置を示す説明図である。図19に示すように、基板吸着部材805の中央部には、図中の上下方向に移動させることが出来、基板2を下方に押下可能な可動式中央吸着部810(可動式吸着部)が設けられている。図19に示すように、可動式中央吸着部810には、基板2において有機EL素子3が形成されている一方の面21の裏側の他方の面22に当接する押下面811が先端に形成されている。そして、押下面811にも、基板2を吸着可能な吸入孔が設けられている。可動式吸着部810の押下面811が形成されている先端は、図19に示すように凸状部812となってもよい。 FIG. 19 is an explanatory view showing an apparatus for bonding the substrate 2 to the sealing member 10 to which the adhesive material 4 is bonded. As shown in FIG. 19, a movable central suction portion 810 (movable suction portion) that can be moved in the vertical direction in the figure and can push down the substrate 2 is provided at the central portion of the substrate suction member 805. Is provided. As shown in FIG. 19, the movable central suction portion 810 is formed with a pressing surface 811 that contacts the other surface 22 on the back side of the one surface 21 on which the organic EL element 3 is formed on the substrate 2. ing. The pressing surface 811 is also provided with a suction hole that can suck the substrate 2. The tip of the movable suction portion 810 where the pressing surface 811 is formed may be a convex portion 812 as shown in FIG.
 ここで、基板2の外縁部のみがチャンバ下部807の凹部806の端面808によって支持された場合は、基板2は基板2自身の重みで下方に撓むことになる。特に、基板2の中央部ほど、下方への変位量が大きくなる。可動式中央吸着部810の制御部には、基板2を吸着した状態で基板2の外縁部のみが支持されて自重により下方に撓んだときの、当該基板2の中央部の変位量をあらかじめ把握させておくことが好ましい。 Here, when only the outer edge portion of the substrate 2 is supported by the end surface 808 of the concave portion 806 of the chamber lower portion 807, the substrate 2 bends downward by the weight of the substrate 2 itself. In particular, the amount of downward displacement increases toward the center of the substrate 2. In the control unit of the movable central suction portion 810, the displacement amount of the central portion of the substrate 2 when the substrate 2 is sucked and only the outer edge portion of the substrate 2 is supported and bent downward by its own weight is previously stored. It is preferable to keep track of it.
 図20(a),(b),(c),(d)に、基板吸着部材805における可動式中央吸着部810の配置パターンのみを下面820側から見た概念図を示す。 20 (a), (b), (c), and (d) are conceptual diagrams showing only the arrangement pattern of the movable central suction portion 810 in the substrate suction member 805 as viewed from the lower surface 820 side.
 可動式中央吸着部810は、長方形状の基板2の中央部に応じた位置に設けられていてもよいし(図20(a))、基板2の長手方向における中央部を通る短手方向の直線に沿って基板2の短辺程度の長さを有して設けられていてもよい(図20(b))。また、可動式中央吸着部810は、基板2の短手方向における中央部を通る長手方向の直線に沿って基板2の短長辺程度の長さを有して設けられていてもよい(図20(c))。その場合、可動式中央吸着部810を複数並べる形態としてもよい(例えば図20(d))。 The movable central suction portion 810 may be provided at a position corresponding to the central portion of the rectangular substrate 2 (FIG. 20A) or in the short direction passing through the central portion in the longitudinal direction of the substrate 2. It may be provided with a length of about the short side of the substrate 2 along a straight line (FIG. 20B). Moreover, the movable center adsorption | suction part 810 may be provided with the length about the short long side of the board | substrate 2 along the straight line of the longitudinal direction which passes along the center part in the transversal direction of the board | substrate 2 (FIG. 20 (c)). In that case, a plurality of movable central suction portions 810 may be arranged (for example, FIG. 20D).
 また、図19に示すように、チャンバ下部807内の載置テーブル802は、上方に移動可能であり、上面801に載置されている粘着材4が貼り合された封止部材10を、基板2の一方の面21に形成されている有機EL素子3に粘着材4を挟んで当接させ、封止部材10と基板2とを粘着材4を介して貼り合わせることができる。載置テーブル802は、上面801に載置されている粘着材4が貼り合された封止部材10を吸着可能な吸着孔(図示せず)を有することが好ましい。 Further, as shown in FIG. 19, the mounting table 802 in the chamber lower portion 807 is movable upward, and the sealing member 10 to which the adhesive material 4 mounted on the upper surface 801 is bonded is attached to the substrate. 2 and the organic EL element 3 formed on the one surface 21 with the adhesive material 4 sandwiched between them, and the sealing member 10 and the substrate 2 can be bonded together via the adhesive material 4. The mounting table 802 preferably has a suction hole (not shown) capable of sucking the sealing member 10 to which the adhesive material 4 placed on the upper surface 801 is bonded.
 図21(a),(b),(c),(d)は、基板2と封止部材10とを粘着材4を介して貼り合わせる工程を示す説明図である。まず、図21(a)に示すように、基板2は、基板吸着部材805の下面820、および可動式中央吸着部810の押下面811によって上方に吸着されている。真空チャンバ800の内部の空間(より具体的には、蓋部803およびチャンバ下部807によって囲まれた空間)は、蓋部803およびチャンバ下部807が当接するまでは、例えば、大気圧の窒素雰囲気であるとする。蓋部803およびチャンバ下部807が当接して密着した後、基板2と封止部材10とを粘着材4を介して貼り合せ始めるまでの間に、真空チャンバ800の内部の空間を真空引きして真空雰囲気にする。このとき、可動式中央吸着部の吸着方式が真空吸着である場合には、可動式中央吸着部の真空吸着によって基板2の吸着が保たれる程度に、可動式中央吸着部の吸着の真空度の方が、真空チャンバ800の内部の空間の真空度よりも高くする。同様に、載置テーブル802の上面801に載置されている粘着材4を貼り合せた封止部材10が真空吸着によって載置テーブル802の上面801に吸着されている場合も、粘着材4を貼り合せた封止部材10を載置テーブル802の上面801に真空吸着する真空度の方が真空チャンバ800の内部の空間の真空度よりも高くする。 21 (a), (b), (c), and (d) are explanatory views showing a process of bonding the substrate 2 and the sealing member 10 through the adhesive material 4. FIG. First, as shown in FIG. 21A, the substrate 2 is adsorbed upward by the lower surface 820 of the substrate adsorbing member 805 and the pressing surface 811 of the movable central adsorbing portion 810. The space inside the vacuum chamber 800 (more specifically, the space surrounded by the lid portion 803 and the chamber lower portion 807) is, for example, a nitrogen atmosphere at atmospheric pressure until the lid portion 803 and the chamber lower portion 807 come into contact with each other. Suppose there is. The space inside the vacuum chamber 800 is evacuated after the lid portion 803 and the chamber lower portion 807 are brought into contact and in close contact until the substrate 2 and the sealing member 10 are bonded together via the adhesive material 4. Create a vacuum atmosphere. At this time, if the suction method of the movable central suction portion is vacuum suction, the vacuum degree of suction of the movable central suction portion to such an extent that the suction of the substrate 2 is maintained by the vacuum suction of the movable central suction portion. This is higher than the degree of vacuum in the space inside the vacuum chamber 800. Similarly, when the sealing member 10 to which the adhesive material 4 placed on the upper surface 801 of the placement table 802 is bonded is attracted to the upper surface 801 of the placement table 802 by vacuum suction, the adhesive material 4 is removed. The degree of vacuum in which the bonded sealing member 10 is vacuum-sucked on the upper surface 801 of the mounting table 802 is set higher than the degree of vacuum in the space inside the vacuum chamber 800.
 そして、可動式中央吸着部810の押下面811による吸着動作を継続するとともに、基板吸着部材805の下面820による吸着動作を停止すると、図21(b)に示すように、基板2の外縁部が当該基板2自身の重みで下方に撓み、当該外縁部は、チャンバ下部807の凹部806の端面808に当接する。本操作中、真空チャンバ800の内部は真空引きを開始していなくても良いし、真空引きを開始していても良く、真空引きを開始していてかつ所定の真空度になっていなくてもよい。 Then, when the suction operation by the pressing surface 811 of the movable central suction portion 810 is continued and the suction operation by the lower surface 820 of the substrate suction member 805 is stopped, the outer edge portion of the substrate 2 is moved as shown in FIG. The substrate 2 is bent downward by the weight of the substrate 2 itself, and the outer edge portion comes into contact with the end surface 808 of the recess 806 of the chamber lower portion 807. During this operation, the inside of the vacuum chamber 800 does not need to start evacuation, may start evacuation, or may start evacuation and does not have a predetermined degree of vacuum. Good.
 さらに、可動式中央吸着部810の押下面811による吸着動作を継続するとともに、可動式中央吸着部810を下方に移動させる(図21(c),(d))。なお、可動式中央吸着部810は、前述したように、自重により下方に撓む基板2の中央部の変位量の分だけ下方に移動する。本操作中、真空チャンバ800の内部は真空引きを開始していなくても良いし、真空引きを開始していても良く、真空引きを開始していてかつ所定の真空度になっていなくてもよい。 Further, the suction operation by the pressing surface 811 of the movable central suction portion 810 is continued, and the movable central suction portion 810 is moved downward (FIGS. 21C and 21D). In addition, the movable center adsorption | suction part 810 moves below by the amount of displacement of the center part of the board | substrate 2 which bends downward with dead weight as mentioned above. During this operation, the inside of the vacuum chamber 800 does not need to start evacuation, may start evacuation, or may start evacuation and does not have a predetermined degree of vacuum. Good.
 そして、載置テーブル802が上方に移動すると、上面801に載置されている封止部材10が粘着材4を介して基板2の一方の面21に形成されている有機EL素子3に当接し、封止部材10と基板2とが粘着材4を介して基板2の中央部から端部方向へと順次貼り合わされる。可動式中央吸着部810による吸着動作は、封止部材10と基板2とが粘着材4を介して全面に亘って貼り合わされるまで継続され、可動式中央吸着部810は、載置テーブル802により基板2が押し上げられるのに合わせて上方に移動する。なお、本操作開始時には、真空チャンバ800の内部は所定の真空度になっていることが好ましい。 When the mounting table 802 moves upward, the sealing member 10 mounted on the upper surface 801 comes into contact with the organic EL element 3 formed on the one surface 21 of the substrate 2 through the adhesive material 4. Then, the sealing member 10 and the substrate 2 are sequentially bonded from the central portion of the substrate 2 to the end portion via the adhesive material 4. The suction operation by the movable central suction unit 810 is continued until the sealing member 10 and the substrate 2 are bonded to each other through the adhesive material 4, and the movable central suction unit 810 is moved by the mounting table 802. The substrate 2 moves upward as the substrate 2 is pushed up. At the start of this operation, the inside of the vacuum chamber 800 is preferably at a predetermined degree of vacuum.
 可動式中央吸着部810による吸着動作が、封止部材10と基板2とが粘着材4を介して全面に亘って貼り合わされるまで継続されるので、基板2の封止部材10に対する相対位置が撓みによって移動することを良好に防止し、基板2における所定の貼り合せ位置に粘着材4が貼り合された封止部材10を貼付することができる。 Since the suction operation by the movable central suction portion 810 is continued until the sealing member 10 and the substrate 2 are bonded over the entire surface via the adhesive material 4, the relative position of the substrate 2 with respect to the sealing member 10 is maintained. It is possible to satisfactorily prevent movement due to bending, and to attach the sealing member 10 to which the adhesive material 4 is bonded at a predetermined bonding position on the substrate 2.
 このとき、基板2の自重による撓みが大きい方が、基板2と封止部材10とのなす角が大きく、空隙の発生を良好に抑制して均一に密着させることが出来るため好ましい。 At this time, it is preferable that the deflection due to the weight of the substrate 2 is large because the angle formed by the substrate 2 and the sealing member 10 is large, and the generation of voids can be suppressed well and uniformly adhered.
 したがって、チャンバ下部807の凹部806の端面808に当接して支持される基板2の外縁部が長方形状の基板2の四隅である場合は、基板2の自重による撓み量が最大になることから好ましい。端面808に当接して支持される基板2の外縁部が長方形基板の対向する二つの短辺または長辺に沿う端辺部である場合は、基板2の外縁部が端面808に当接して支持されるとともに、端面808に当接して支持される基板2の端辺に平行な中心線上を可動式中央吸着部810が吸着することが出来ることから、基板を安定に保持でき好ましい。端面808に当接して支持される基板2の外縁部が長方形基板の短辺に沿う端辺部である場合は、基板2を安定に保持でき、かつ、撓み量が大きいことから最も好ましい。 Accordingly, when the outer edge portions of the substrate 2 supported by being in contact with the end surface 808 of the concave portion 806 of the chamber lower portion 807 are the four corners of the rectangular substrate 2, the amount of bending due to the weight of the substrate 2 is maximized. . When the outer edge portion of the substrate 2 supported by being in contact with the end surface 808 is an edge portion along two opposing short or long sides of the rectangular substrate, the outer edge portion of the substrate 2 is in contact with and supported by the end surface 808. In addition, since the movable central suction portion 810 can suck the center line parallel to the edge of the substrate 2 supported by being in contact with the end surface 808, it is preferable because the substrate can be stably held. When the outer edge portion of the substrate 2 supported by being in contact with the end surface 808 is the end portion along the short side of the rectangular substrate, it is most preferable because the substrate 2 can be stably held and the amount of bending is large.
 また、基板2と封止部材10とを粘着材4を介して貼り合わせる工程の間、可動式中央吸着部810が基板2を吸着し続けること、および、載置テーブル802が封止部材10を載置テーブル802の上面801に吸着し続けることによって、基板2および封止部材10の位置ずれを良好に防止し、基板2と封止部材10とを粘着材4を介して精度良く貼り合わせることが出来る。 Further, during the step of bonding the substrate 2 and the sealing member 10 through the adhesive material 4, the movable central suction unit 810 continues to suck the substrate 2, and the mounting table 802 holds the sealing member 10. By continuing to adsorb to the upper surface 801 of the mounting table 802, it is possible to satisfactorily prevent the positional deviation between the substrate 2 and the sealing member 10 and to bond the substrate 2 and the sealing member 10 with high accuracy via the adhesive material 4. I can do it.
 なお、可動式中央吸着部810は、基板2の自重で下方に撓んだ変位量の分だけ下方に移動するとして説明したが、可動式中央吸着部810の下方への移動量は自重での変位量から適宜変更した値に設定されてもよい。また、可動式中央吸着部810は、載置テーブル802が上方に移動して基板2に形成された有機EL素子3が粘着材4を介して封止部材10に接したときに、載置テーブル802の上方への移動速度と同じ速度で吸着している基板2を上方に移動させてもよいし、当該移動中に下方へ(つまり、基板2に)所定の荷重を加えておき、載置テーブル802の押し上げに応じて基板2と一体となって上方に移動するようにされてもよい。 The movable central suction portion 810 has been described as moving downward by the amount of displacement deflected downward due to the weight of the substrate 2, but the downward movement amount of the movable central suction portion 810 is due to its own weight. It may be set to a value appropriately changed from the displacement amount. In addition, the movable central suction unit 810 moves the mounting table 802 upward and the organic EL element 3 formed on the substrate 2 comes into contact with the sealing member 10 via the adhesive material 4. The substrate 2 adsorbed at the same speed as the upward movement speed of 802 may be moved upward, or a predetermined load is applied downward (that is, to the substrate 2) during the movement, and the substrate 2 is placed. The table 802 may be moved upward together with the substrate 2 in accordance with the pushing up of the table 802.
 図22は、粘着材4を介して貼り合わされた基板2と封止部材10とが熱圧着される工程を示す説明図である。図22に示す例では、熱圧着装置500内に収容された基板2、粘着材4および封止部材10の上方にある上部ホットプレート部501が基板2の他方の面22側から当該基板2を加熱するとともに当該基板2を粘着材4を介して封止部材10に向かって押下する。また、熱圧着装置500内に収容された基板2、粘着材4および封止部材10の下方にある下部ホットプレート部502(ホットプレート部)が封止部材10の保護層6側から当該封止部材10を加熱するとともに当該封止部材10を基板2に向かって押し付ける。従って、基板2、粘着材4および封止部材10は、上部ホットプレート部501と下部ホットプレート部502とによって挟まれて熱圧着される。 FIG. 22 is an explanatory diagram showing a process in which the substrate 2 and the sealing member 10 bonded together with the adhesive material 4 are thermocompression bonded. In the example shown in FIG. 22, the upper hot plate portion 501 located above the substrate 2, the adhesive material 4, and the sealing member 10 accommodated in the thermocompression bonding apparatus 500 removes the substrate 2 from the other surface 22 side of the substrate 2. The substrate 2 is pressed toward the sealing member 10 through the adhesive material 4 while being heated. Further, the lower hot plate portion 502 (hot plate portion) below the substrate 2, the adhesive material 4 and the sealing member 10 accommodated in the thermocompression bonding apparatus 500 is sealed from the protective layer 6 side of the sealing member 10. The member 10 is heated and the sealing member 10 is pressed toward the substrate 2. Therefore, the substrate 2, the adhesive material 4, and the sealing member 10 are sandwiched between the upper hot plate portion 501 and the lower hot plate portion 502 and are thermocompression bonded.
 なお、図22に示し、前述したように、保護層6の凹部領域61の裏側の領域は、平坦領域62の裏側の平面領域に対して凸形状に形成されている。そこで、当該凸形状に対向する下部ホットプレート部502において平坦領域62の裏側の平面領域に対向する範囲に、凸形状に応じた形状および高さを有する、好ましくは、凸形状に応じた形状であって、凸形状よりも高く形成された凸部503が設けられている。 Note that, as shown in FIG. 22 and as described above, the region on the back side of the recessed region 61 of the protective layer 6 is formed in a convex shape with respect to the planar region on the back side of the flat region 62. Therefore, in the lower hot plate portion 502 facing the convex shape, the lower hot plate portion 502 has a shape and height corresponding to the convex shape in a range facing the flat region on the back side of the flat region 62, preferably in a shape corresponding to the convex shape. And the convex part 503 formed higher than the convex shape is provided.
 従って、下部ホットプレート部502の凸部503が、封止部材10の保護層6の平坦領域62の裏側の平面領域に対向する範囲、つまり、粘着材4が貼り合された封止部材10の外縁部をより確実に基板2に熱圧着し、基板2の一方の面21に形成された有機EL素子3および吸湿層5を封止部材10と粘着材4と基板2とでより確実に封止することができる。 Therefore, the range where the convex portion 503 of the lower hot plate portion 502 is opposed to the planar region on the back side of the flat region 62 of the protective layer 6 of the sealing member 10, that is, the sealing member 10 to which the adhesive material 4 is bonded. The outer edge portion is more reliably thermocompression bonded to the substrate 2, and the organic EL element 3 and the moisture absorption layer 5 formed on the one surface 21 of the substrate 2 are more reliably sealed with the sealing member 10, the adhesive material 4, and the substrate 2. Can be stopped.
 本実施の形態によれば、吸湿層5と保護層6とが積層された封止部材10と粘着材4とで有機EL素子3を封止するので、外部からの水分等の透過による有機EL素子3の劣化を良好に抑制する有機EL発光モジュール1を製造することができる。 According to the present embodiment, the organic EL element 3 is sealed by the sealing member 10 and the adhesive material 4 in which the moisture absorption layer 5 and the protective layer 6 are laminated, so that the organic EL due to the permeation of moisture or the like from the outside. The organic EL light emitting module 1 that favorably suppresses the deterioration of the element 3 can be manufactured.
 また、大きさの異なる吸湿層5と保護層6とがピン部材110を上下させるだけの単純な機構によって精度良く位置合せされて積層されるので、位置ずれによる不良品の発生が抑制された生産効率の高い有機EL発光モジュール1の製造システムを実現することができる。 Further, since the moisture absorbing layer 5 and the protective layer 6 having different sizes are accurately aligned and stacked by a simple mechanism that simply moves the pin member 110 up and down, the production of defective products due to misalignment is suppressed. A highly efficient manufacturing system of the organic EL light emitting module 1 can be realized.
 ホットプレート150による保護層6と吸湿層5との熱圧着処理の実行中には、保護層6に対向する領域のうち、吸湿層5に対向する領域外に設けられた吸入孔のみで吸入を行うように構成されているので、吸湿層5において吸着ヘッド130の吸着面131に設けられた吸入孔による吸入の痕跡による凹凸の形成を良好に防ぐことができるため、封止性能の良好な有機EL発光モジュール1を製造することができる。 During the thermocompression bonding between the protective layer 6 and the moisture absorbing layer 5 by the hot plate 150, the suction is performed only through the suction holes provided outside the region facing the moisture absorbing layer 5 among the regions facing the protective layer 6. In the moisture absorption layer 5, the formation of irregularities due to the traces of inhalation by the suction holes provided in the suction surface 131 of the suction head 130 can be prevented well, so that the organic layer having a good sealing performance can be obtained. The EL light emitting module 1 can be manufactured.
 また、保護層6と吸湿層5との熱圧着処理によって、吸着ヘッド130の吸着面131に対向する領域において吸湿層5と保護層6とを密着させ、当該領域における吸湿層5と保護層6との間に空間が生じることを良好に防ぐことができる。これにより、封止性能の良好な有機EL発光モジュール1を製造することができる。 Further, by the thermocompression bonding process between the protective layer 6 and the moisture absorbing layer 5, the moisture absorbing layer 5 and the protective layer 6 are brought into close contact with each other in the region facing the suction surface 131 of the suction head 130, and It is possible to satisfactorily prevent a space from being generated. Thereby, the organic electroluminescent light emitting module 1 with favorable sealing performance can be manufactured.
 ローラ部613が、テープ部材7の長手方向に沿って一方の端部から他方の端部の方向へ転動して、周面によってテープ部材7側から粘着材4を封止部材10に押しつけて粘着材4を封止部材10に貼り合せるように構成されているので、粘着材4と封止部材10との間に空間が生じることを良好に防ぐことができる。これにより、封止性能の良好な有機EL発光モジュール1を製造することができる。 The roller portion 613 rolls from one end portion to the other end portion along the longitudinal direction of the tape member 7, and presses the adhesive material 4 against the sealing member 10 from the tape member 7 side by the peripheral surface. Since the adhesive material 4 is configured to be bonded to the sealing member 10, it is possible to favorably prevent a space from being generated between the adhesive material 4 and the sealing member 10. Thereby, the organic electroluminescent light emitting module 1 with favorable sealing performance can be manufactured.
 吸着移載部材250は、ローラ部613がテープ部材7の一の端部側からテープ部材7を剥離していくときに、テープ部材7の他方の端部側において吸着動作を継続するので、ローラ部613の転動中にテープ部材7の下方への落下を防止することができる。また、他方の端部が吸着されて固定されているため、ローラ部613の転動中にテープ部材7と封止部材10の位置がずれることなく精度良くテープ部材7と封止部材10とが貼合され、封止部材10に貼り合される粘着材4におけるしわの発生を良好に防ぐことができる。これにより、高精度かつ高効率な有機EL発光モジュール1を製造することができる。 The suction transfer member 250 continues the suction operation on the other end portion side of the tape member 7 when the roller portion 613 peels the tape member 7 from the one end portion side of the tape member 7. It is possible to prevent the tape member 7 from falling downward while the part 613 is rolling. Further, since the other end portion is adsorbed and fixed, the tape member 7 and the sealing member 10 can be accurately moved without the positions of the tape member 7 and the sealing member 10 being shifted during the rolling of the roller portion 613. Generation | occurrence | production of the wrinkle in the adhesive material 4 bonded together and bonded by the sealing member 10 can be prevented favorably. Thereby, the highly accurate and highly efficient organic EL light emitting module 1 can be manufactured.
 また、上面部601と下面部602とが相対的に近づいた状態で窒素置換動作が行われるように構成されているので、窒素置換を行う空間の体積を小さくすることができるため、真空排気工程および窒素ガス導入工程の時間を短縮できる。これにより、有機EL発光モジュール1の生産効率を高めることができる。 Further, since the nitrogen replacement operation is performed in a state where the upper surface portion 601 and the lower surface portion 602 are relatively close to each other, the volume of the space for performing the nitrogen replacement can be reduced. And the time of the nitrogen gas introduction process can be shortened. Thereby, the production efficiency of the organic EL light emitting module 1 can be increased.
 窒素雰囲気と外気とを仕切るための仕切り部材310に、テープ部材載置台304が上方に移動するとテープ部材載置台304と嵌合する貫通孔312が設けられ、テープ部材載置台304の上面によって当該貫通孔312を覆う蓋311を押し上げるように構成されているので、窒素と外気との貫通孔312を通した混合を良好に防ぐことができる。これにより、有機EL発光モジュール1の生産効率を高めることができる。 The partition member 310 for partitioning the nitrogen atmosphere from the outside air is provided with a through hole 312 that fits into the tape member mounting table 304 when the tape member mounting table 304 moves upward. Since the cover 311 covering the hole 312 is pushed up, mixing of nitrogen and outside air through the through-hole 312 can be well prevented. Thereby, the production efficiency of the organic EL light emitting module 1 can be increased.
 基板2が、可動式中央吸着部810とチャンバ下部807の凹部806の端面808とにより支持される状態とし、その後、可動式中央吸着部810を下方に移動させることにより基板2の中央部をチャンバ下部807の凹部806の端面808より下方に押し下げた状態とし、次いで、可動式中央吸着部810による基板2の吸着を保持したまま、粘着材4が貼り合された封止部材10が載置された載置テーブル802を上方に移動させ、基板2と可動式中央吸着部810とを連動させながら、載置テーブル802を基板2と粘着材4が貼り合された封止部材10とともに基板吸着部材805に押し付けることで、基板2の中央部から端部に向かって順次基板2と封止部材10とを粘着材4を介して貼り合わせるように構成されている。これにより、基板2と封止部材10との間に空隙が生じることを良好に防ぐことができるため、封止性能の良好な有機EL発光モジュール1を製造することができる。 The substrate 2 is supported by the movable central suction portion 810 and the end surface 808 of the concave portion 806 of the chamber lower portion 807, and then the movable central suction portion 810 is moved downward so that the central portion of the substrate 2 is placed in the chamber. The sealing member 10 to which the adhesive material 4 is bonded is placed with the substrate 2 adsorbed by the movable central adsorbing portion 810 held down from the end surface 808 of the recess 806 of the lower portion 807. The mounting table 802 is moved upward, and the substrate 2 and the movable central suction unit 810 are interlocked with each other, while the mounting table 802 is moved together with the sealing member 10 to which the substrate 2 and the adhesive material 4 are bonded together. By pressing against 805, the substrate 2 and the sealing member 10 are sequentially bonded to each other through the adhesive 4 from the center portion to the end portion of the substrate 2. Thereby, since it can prevent favorably that a space | gap arises between the board | substrate 2 and the sealing member 10, the organic electroluminescent light emitting module 1 with favorable sealing performance can be manufactured.
 また、可動式中央吸着部810による基板2の吸着を保持したまま当該基板2と封止部材10とを粘着材4を介して貼り合わせるので、基板2における所定の位置に粘着材4及び封止部材10を貼付することができる。これにより、位置ずれによる不良品の発生が抑制された生産効率の高い有機EL発光モジュール1の製造システムを実現することができる。 Further, since the substrate 2 and the sealing member 10 are bonded to each other through the adhesive material 4 while holding the suction of the substrate 2 by the movable central suction portion 810, the adhesive material 4 and the sealing material are placed at predetermined positions on the substrate 2. The member 10 can be affixed. Thereby, the manufacturing system of the organic EL light emitting module 1 with high production efficiency in which the occurrence of defective products due to the positional deviation is suppressed can be realized.
 下部ホットプレート部502には、封止部材10の端部に対応する位置に凸部503が設けられているので、粘着材4が貼り合された封止部材10の外縁部をより確実に基板2に熱圧着し、基板2の一方の面21に形成された有機EL素子3および吸湿層5をより確実に封止して、有機EL素子3の劣化を良好に抑制することができる。 Since the convex portion 503 is provided in the lower hot plate portion 502 at a position corresponding to the end portion of the sealing member 10, the outer edge portion of the sealing member 10 to which the adhesive material 4 is bonded is more reliably substrated. 2, the organic EL element 3 and the hygroscopic layer 5 formed on the one surface 21 of the substrate 2 can be more reliably sealed, and the deterioration of the organic EL element 3 can be satisfactorily suppressed.
 また、可撓性が高いかもしくは剛性の低い粘着材料、吸湿層材料や保護層材料、あるいは、ガラス転移温度が室温以下であって室温でほとんど剛性の無い粘着材材料は、取扱いが非常に困難であるため、従来は有機EL発光モジュール1の封止構造に用いることが困難であったが、本実施の形態によれば、各材料全体を吸着する機構を有していることを始めとする種々の工夫によって、上述のような剛性の低い材料を用いた場合であっても、封止特性が良好な有機EL発光モジュール1を高精度かつ高効率に生産可能な有機EL発光モジュール1の製造システムを実現可能である。 Also, it is very difficult to handle adhesive materials with high flexibility or low rigidity, hygroscopic layer materials, protective layer materials, or adhesive materials with glass transition temperatures below room temperature and almost no rigidity at room temperature. Therefore, in the past, it was difficult to use the sealing structure of the organic EL light emitting module 1, but according to the present embodiment, it has a mechanism for adsorbing each material as a whole. Manufacturing the organic EL light-emitting module 1 that can produce the organic EL light-emitting module 1 having good sealing characteristics with high accuracy and high efficiency even when a material having low rigidity as described above is used by various devices. The system can be realized.
 本発明を詳細にまた特定の実施形態を参照して説明したが、本発明の精神と範囲を逸脱することなく様々な変更や修正を加えることができることは当業者にとって明らかである。本出願は、2012年11月30日出願の日本特許出願(特願2012-263047)に基づくものであり、その内容はここに参照として取り込まれる。 Although the present invention has been described in detail and with reference to specific embodiments, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various changes and modifications can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention. This application is based on a Japanese patent application filed on November 30, 2012 (Japanese Patent Application No. 2012-263047), the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  1  有機EL発光モジュール
  2  基板
  3  有機EL素子
  4  粘着材
  5  吸湿層
  6  保護層
  7  テープ部材
 110 ピン部材
 120 ステージ部材
 121 ステージ面
 130 吸着ヘッド
 150 ホットプレート
 230 吸着ヘッド
 302 テープ部材把持部材
 304 テープ部材載置台
 502 下部ホットプレート部
 503 凸部
 601 上面部
 602 下面部
 603 側面部
 613 ローラ部
 802 載置テーブル
 805 基板吸着部材
 808 端面
 810 可動式中央吸着部
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1 Organic EL light emitting module 2 Substrate 3 Organic EL element 4 Adhesive material 5 Hygroscopic layer 6 Protective layer 7 Tape member 110 Pin member 120 Stage member 121 Stage surface 130 Adsorption head 150 Hot plate 230 Adsorption head 302 Tape member holding member 304 Tape member mounting Mounting table 502 Lower hot plate portion 503 Protruding portion 601 Upper surface portion 602 Lower surface portion 603 Side surface portion 613 Roller portion 802 Mounting table 805 Substrate adsorption member 808 End surface 810 Movable central adsorption portion

Claims (18)

  1.  有機EL発光モジュールの製造システムであって、
    有機EL素子が形成されている基板の一方の面に封止部材を貼り合せて、前記基板と前記封止部材との間に前記有機EL素子を封止する封止部材貼り合せ装置を備え、
    前記封止部材貼り合せ装置は、
     前記基板を吸着する基板吸着上面部と、
     前記吸着上面部の下方に位置し、前記基板の端部のみを下方から支持可能な支持台部と、
     前記基板吸着上面部の下方に位置し、前記封止部材が載置される部材セット部と、
     前記基板吸着上面部の中央に設けられた、前記基板の中央部を吸着可能でかつ上下に移動可能な可動式吸着部とを含み、
     前記基板が、前記基板吸着上面部と前記可動式吸着部とにより吸着された状態から、前記基板吸着上面部の吸着を開放することによって前記可動式吸着部と前記支持台部とにより支持される状態とし、
     その後、前記可動式吸着部を下方に移動させることにより前記基板の中央部を前記支持台部より下方に押し下げた状態とし、
     次いで、前記可動式吸着部による前記基板の吸着を保持したまま、前記封止部材が載置された前記部材セット部を上方に移動させ、前記基板と前記可動式吸着部とを連動させながら、前記部材セット部を前記基板と前記封止部材とともに前記吸着上面部に押し付けることで、前記基板の中央部から端部に向かって順次前記基板と前記封止部材とを貼り合わせる
     ことを特徴とする有機EL発光モジュールの製造システム。
    An organic EL light emitting module manufacturing system,
    A sealing member laminating apparatus that seals the organic EL element between the substrate and the sealing member by attaching a sealing member to one surface of the substrate on which the organic EL element is formed;
    The sealing member laminating apparatus is
    A substrate adsorbing upper surface for adsorbing the substrate;
    A support base which is located below the upper surface of the suction and can support only the end of the substrate from below;
    A member set part that is located below the substrate adsorption upper surface part and on which the sealing member is placed;
    A movable suction part provided in the center of the substrate suction upper surface part, capable of sucking the center part of the substrate and movable up and down;
    The substrate is supported by the movable suction portion and the support base by releasing the suction of the substrate suction upper surface portion from the state where the substrate is sucked by the substrate suction upper surface portion and the movable suction portion. State
    Thereafter, by moving the movable suction portion downward, the central portion of the substrate is pushed downward from the support base portion,
    Next, while holding the suction of the substrate by the movable suction portion, while moving the member set portion on which the sealing member is placed, while interlocking the substrate and the movable suction portion, The substrate and the sealing member are bonded together in order from the center portion to the end portion of the substrate by pressing the member setting portion together with the substrate and the sealing member against the suction upper surface portion. Organic EL light emitting module manufacturing system.
  2.  有機EL発光モジュールの製造システムであって、
     第1のシート状部材、および前記第1のシート状部材よりも広い面を有する第2のシート状部材が積層された封止部材を作製する封止部材作製装置と、
     有機EL素子が形成されている基板の一方の面に前記封止部材を貼り合せて、前記基板と前記封止部材との間に前記有機EL素子を封止する封止部材貼り合せ装置とを備え、
     前記封止部材作製装置は、
     部材吸着用の吸入孔が複数設けられた吸着面を有するシート状部材吸着部と、
     前記第1のシート状部材および前記第2のシート状部材を順次載置可能なステージ面を有するステージ部とを含み、
     前記シート状部材吸着部が前記第1のシート状部材および前記第2のシート状部材を順次吸着することによって前記第1のシート状部材および前記第2のシート状部材が積層された前記封止部材を作製する前記封止部材作製装置であって、
     前記ステージ部には、前記第1のシート状部材が載置された領域を含む領域に前記第2のシート状部材が載置され、
     前記封止部材作製装置は、前記第1のシート状部材および前記第2のシート状部材の載置の位置合わせのために、第1側面を有する台部と第2側面を有するように前記台部から上方に立設された立設部とをそれぞれ有する複数の位置合わせ部をさらに含み、
     前記複数の位置合わせ部は、前記第1側面の相互の距離が前記第2側面の相互の距離よりも短いように設置され、
     前記第1のシート状部材は、端部が前記複数の位置合わせ部のそれぞれの前記第1側面に当接するように前記ステージ部の前記ステージ面に載置され、
     前記シート状部材吸着部は、前記ステージ部と近接させることにより前記ステージ部の前記ステージ面に載置された前記第1のシート状部材を前記吸着面に吸着し、
     前記第2のシート状部材は、端部が前記複数の位置合わせ部のそれぞれの前記第2側面に当接するように前記ステージ部の前記ステージ面に載置され、
     前記シート状部材吸着部は、前記ステージ部と近接させることにより前記ステージ部の前記ステージ面に載置された前記第2のシート状部材を前記第1のシート状部材が吸着されている前記吸着面に重畳して吸着し、前記第1のシート状部材と前記第2のシート状部材とを積層する
     ことを特徴とする有機EL発光モジュールの製造システム。
    An organic EL light emitting module manufacturing system,
    A sealing member producing apparatus for producing a sealing member in which a first sheet-like member and a second sheet-like member having a wider surface than the first sheet-like member are laminated;
    A sealing member laminating apparatus for laminating the sealing member on one surface of a substrate on which an organic EL element is formed, and sealing the organic EL element between the substrate and the sealing member; Prepared,
    The sealing member manufacturing apparatus is
    A sheet-like member adsorption portion having an adsorption surface provided with a plurality of suction holes for adsorbing members;
    A stage portion having a stage surface on which the first sheet-like member and the second sheet-like member can be sequentially placed;
    The sealing in which the first sheet-like member and the second sheet-like member are stacked by the sheet-like member adsorbing portion sequentially adsorbing the first sheet-like member and the second sheet-like member. The sealing member manufacturing apparatus for manufacturing a member,
    In the stage portion, the second sheet-like member is placed in a region including a region where the first sheet-like member is placed,
    The sealing member manufacturing apparatus includes a base portion having a first side surface and a second side surface for positioning the first sheet-like member and the second sheet-like member. A plurality of alignment portions each having a standing portion standing upward from the portion;
    The plurality of alignment portions are installed such that a mutual distance between the first side surfaces is shorter than a mutual distance between the second side surfaces,
    The first sheet-like member is placed on the stage surface of the stage portion such that an end portion thereof abuts on the first side surface of each of the plurality of alignment portions.
    The sheet-like member adsorption unit adsorbs the first sheet-like member placed on the stage surface of the stage unit by adjoining the stage unit to the adsorption surface,
    The second sheet-like member is placed on the stage surface of the stage portion so that an end portion thereof abuts on the second side surface of each of the plurality of alignment portions.
    The said sheet-like member adsorption | suction part makes the said 1st sheet-like member adsorb | suck the said 2nd sheet-like member mounted in the said stage surface of the said stage part by making it adjoin to the said stage part. A manufacturing system of an organic EL light emitting module, wherein the first sheet-like member and the second sheet-like member are stacked on and adsorbed on a surface.
  3.  前記封止部材作製装置は、前記シート状部材吸着部が吸着して積層された前記第1シート状部材と前記第2シート状部材とを前記吸着面に押しつけるとともに、前記第1シート状部材と前記第2シート状部材とを加熱する熱圧着処理を行って前記第1シート状部材と前記第2シート状部材とによる前記封止部材を形成する熱圧着部をさらに含み、
     前記シート状部材吸着部は、前記熱圧着部による前記熱圧着処理の実行中には、前記第2シート状部材に対向する領域のうち、前記第1シート状部材に対向する領域外に設けられた吸入孔のみで吸入を行う
     ことを特徴とする請求項2に記載の有機EL発光モジュールの製造システム。
    The sealing member manufacturing apparatus presses the first sheet-like member and the second sheet-like member stacked by adsorbing the sheet-like member adsorbing portion against the adsorption surface, and the first sheet-like member It further includes a thermocompression bonding part that performs thermocompression treatment for heating the second sheet-like member to form the sealing member by the first sheet-like member and the second sheet-like member,
    The sheet-like member adsorbing portion is provided outside a region facing the first sheet-like member in a region facing the second sheet-like member during execution of the thermocompression processing by the thermocompression-bonding portion. The system for manufacturing an organic EL light emitting module according to claim 2, wherein suction is performed only through the suction hole.
  4.  前記封止部材を前記基板に貼り合せるための粘着材を前記封止部材に貼り合せる粘着材貼り合せ装置をさらに備え、
     前記粘着材は、シート状に形成されており、シート状に形成された前記粘着材の一の面には剥離紙が貼付され、前記剥離紙の前記一の面とは反対の面は帯状のテープ部材に貼付され、
     前記粘着材貼り合せ装置は、
     前記粘着材が貼付された前記テープ部材における前記粘着材が貼付されている面の反対側の面を吸着する吸着動作を行うテープ部材吸着部と、
     円筒状に形成されて中心軸周りに回転するローラ部とを含み、
     前記テープ部材吸着部は、前記第1のシート状部材が上面の一部をなすように載置テーブルに載置されている前記封止部材の上方で前記テープ部材を吸着して保持し、
     前記ローラ部は、前記テープ部材吸着部から前記テープ部材を剥離しながら前記テープ部材吸着部と前記テープ部材との間を帯状の前記テープ部材の長手方向に沿って一方の端部から他方の端部の方向へ転動するとともに、周面によって前記テープ部材側から前記粘着材を前記封止部材に押しつけて前記粘着材を前記封止部材に貼り合せる
     ことを特徴とする請求項2または請求項3に記載の有機EL発光モジュールの製造システム。
    An adhesive material laminating apparatus for laminating an adhesive material for laminating the sealing member to the substrate to the sealing member;
    The adhesive material is formed in a sheet shape, a release paper is attached to one surface of the adhesive material formed in a sheet shape, and a surface opposite to the one surface of the release paper is a belt-like shape Affixed to the tape member,
    The adhesive material laminating apparatus is
    A tape member adsorbing portion that performs an adsorbing operation for adsorbing the surface opposite to the surface on which the adhesive material is affixed in the tape member to which the adhesive material is affixed;
    A roller portion that is formed in a cylindrical shape and rotates around a central axis,
    The tape member suction part sucks and holds the tape member above the sealing member placed on the placement table so that the first sheet-like member forms part of the upper surface,
    The roller portion is configured such that the tape member is peeled from the tape member suction portion while the tape member is separated from the tape member along the longitudinal direction of the tape member between the tape member suction portion and the tape member. The roller is rolled in the direction of the portion, and the adhesive material is pressed against the sealing member from the tape member side by a peripheral surface, and the adhesive material is bonded to the sealing member. 4. A manufacturing system of the organic EL light emitting module according to 3.
  5.  前記テープ部材吸着部は、前記ローラ部が前記テープ部材の長手方向に沿って一方の端部側から前記テープ部材を剥離していくときに、前記テープ部材の他方の端部側において前記吸着動作を継続する
     ことを特徴とする請求項4に記載の有機EL発光モジュールの製造システム。
    The said tape member adsorption | suction part is the said adsorption | suction operation | movement in the other edge part side of the said tape member, when the said roller part peels the said tape member from one edge part side along the longitudinal direction of the said tape member. The manufacturing system of the organic EL light emitting module according to claim 4, wherein
  6.  前記テープ部材は、前記剥離紙が貼付される貼付領域と前記貼付領域の外方にある余白領域とを有し、
     前記ローラ部は、前記テープ部材の長手方向の一方の端部の前記余白領域から他方の端部の方向へ、前記貼付領域に亘り前記粘着材を前記封止部材に貼り合せるように転動する
     ことを特徴とする請求項4または請求項5に記載の有機EL発光モジュールの製造システム。
    The tape member has a pasting area to which the release paper is pasted and a blank area outside the pasting area,
    The roller portion rolls from the blank region at one end of the tape member in the longitudinal direction to the other end so as to bond the adhesive material to the sealing member over the pasting region. The manufacturing system of the organic EL light emitting module according to claim 4 or 5.
  7.  前記粘着材貼り合せ装置は、
     前記テープ部材吸着部の上方を覆う上面部と、前記載置テーブルの下方を覆う下面部と、前記上面部と前記下面部とに挟まれた空間の側方を覆う側面部とを含み、
     前記下面部と前記上面部とが相対的に近づくことによって、前記上面部に前記側面部の上端が当接し、前記側面部の下端に前記下面部が当接した状態であって、前記テープ部材を吸着している前記テープ部材吸着部および前記封止部材が載置されている前記載置テーブルを収容した前記空間内を密閉する第1状態と、前記下面部が前記上面部から離間することによって、前記テープ部材吸着部と前記テープ部材との間を前記ローラ部が転動可能な隙間を有する第2状態との間で相互に遷移し、
     少なくとも前記下面部を収容した窒素置換チャンバにおいて、前記第1状態とされたときに前記空間から空気が排出された後に前記空間に窒素が供給される窒素置換動作が行われ、前記第2状態においても前記空間内を窒素雰囲気に維持する
     ことを特徴とする請求項4から請求項6のうちいずれか1項に記載の有機EL発光モジュールの製造システム。
    The adhesive material laminating apparatus is
    Including an upper surface portion covering the upper side of the tape member adsorbing portion, a lower surface portion covering the lower side of the mounting table, and a side surface portion covering a side of a space sandwiched between the upper surface portion and the lower surface portion,
    When the lower surface portion and the upper surface portion are relatively close to each other, the upper end of the side surface portion is in contact with the upper surface portion, and the lower surface portion is in contact with the lower end of the side surface portion, and the tape member A first state in which the space containing the placement table on which the tape member suction portion and the sealing member on which the sealing member is placed is sealed, and the lower surface portion are separated from the upper surface portion. By the transition between the tape member adsorption portion and the tape member between the second state having a gap in which the roller portion can roll,
    In the nitrogen replacement chamber that accommodates at least the lower surface portion, a nitrogen replacement operation is performed in which nitrogen is supplied to the space after air is exhausted from the space when the first state is established. The interior of the space is maintained in a nitrogen atmosphere. The organic EL light emitting module manufacturing system according to any one of claims 4 to 6, wherein the space is maintained in a nitrogen atmosphere.
  8.  前記テープ部材とともに前記テープ部材に貼付された前記剥離紙を前記粘着材から剥離するテープ部材剥離装置をさらに備え、
     前記テープ部材剥離装置は、
     窒素雰囲気中に設置され、
     前記テープ部材において前記剥離紙が貼付された貼付領域の外方にある余白領域を把持し、前記テープ部材とともに前記テープ部材に貼付された前記剥離紙を前記粘着材から剥離する把持部と、
     前記把持部が前記粘着材から剥離した前記テープ部材および前記剥離紙が載置され、前記テープ部材を載置可能な上面を有する載置台とを含み、
     窒素雰囲気と外気とを仕切るための仕切り部材には、前記載置台が上方に移動すると前記載置台と嵌合する貫通孔が天面に設けられるとともに、前記貫通孔を外方から覆う蓋部が設置され、
     前記載置台は、上方に移動すると前記テープ部材が載置された前記上面によって前記蓋部を押し上げる
     ことを特徴とする請求項4から請求項7のうちいずれか1項に記載の有機EL発光モジュールの製造システム。
    A tape member peeling device for peeling the release paper affixed to the tape member together with the tape member from the adhesive material;
    The tape member peeling device is
    Installed in a nitrogen atmosphere,
    A gripping part for gripping a blank area outside the sticking area to which the release paper is stuck in the tape member, and for peeling the release paper stuck to the tape member together with the tape member from the adhesive material;
    The tape member peeled from the adhesive material and the release paper are placed, and a mounting table having an upper surface on which the tape member can be placed;
    The partition member for partitioning the nitrogen atmosphere and the outside air is provided with a through-hole that fits the mounting table on the top surface when the mounting table moves upward, and a lid that covers the through-hole from the outside. Installed,
    The organic EL light emitting module according to any one of claims 4 to 7, wherein when the mounting table moves upward, the lid is pushed up by the upper surface on which the tape member is mounted. Manufacturing system.
  9.  前記封止部材と前記基板とを熱圧着する熱圧着装置をさらに備え、
     前記熱圧着装置は、
     前記封止部材を前記基板に押しつけるとともに前記封止部材を加熱する封止部材熱圧着処理を行うホットプレート部を含み、
     前記ホットプレート部は、前記封止部材の端部に対応する位置に凸部が設けられている
     ことを特徴とする請求項1から請求項8のうちいずれか1項に記載の有機EL発光モジュールの製造システム。
    A thermocompression bonding apparatus for thermocompression bonding the sealing member and the substrate;
    The thermocompression bonding apparatus is
    Including a hot plate portion for pressing the sealing member against the substrate and performing a sealing member thermocompression treatment for heating the sealing member;
    The organic EL light emitting module according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the hot plate portion is provided with a convex portion at a position corresponding to an end portion of the sealing member. Manufacturing system.
  10.  有機EL素子が形成されている基板の一方の面に封止部材を貼り合せて、前記基板と前記封止部材との間に前記有機EL素子を封止する有機EL発光モジュールの製造方法であって、
     前記基板を吸着する基板吸着上面部と、
     前記吸着上面部の下方に位置し、前記基板の端部のみを下方から支持可能な支持台部と、
     前記基板吸着上面部の下方に位置し、前記封止部材が載置される部材セット部と、
     前記基板吸着上面部の中央に設けられた、前記基板の中央部を吸着可能でかつ上下に移動可能な可動式吸着部とを有する封止部材貼り合せ装置が、
     前記基板を、前記基板吸着上面部と前記可動式吸着部とによって吸着する状態から、前記基板吸着上面部の吸着を開放することによって前記可動式吸着部と前記支持台部とにより支持する状態とする基板支持ステップと、
     その後、前記可動式吸着部を下方に移動させることにより前記基板の中央部を前記支持台部より下方に押し下げた状態とする基板押下ステップと、
     次いで、前記可動式吸着部による前記基板の吸着を保持したまま、前記封止部材が載置された前記部材セット部を上方に移動させ、前記基板と前記可動式吸着部とを連動させながら、前記部材セット部を前記基板と前記封止部材とともに前記吸着上面部に押し付けることで、前記基板の中央部から端部に向かって順次前記基板と前記封止部材とを貼り合わせる貼り合せステップとを実行する
     ことを特徴とする有機EL発光モジュールの製造方法。
    A method of manufacturing an organic EL light emitting module, in which a sealing member is bonded to one surface of a substrate on which an organic EL element is formed, and the organic EL element is sealed between the substrate and the sealing member. And
    A substrate adsorbing upper surface for adsorbing the substrate;
    A support base which is located below the upper surface of the suction and can support only the end of the substrate from below;
    A member set part that is located below the substrate adsorption upper surface part and on which the sealing member is placed;
    A sealing member laminating device provided at the center of the substrate suction upper surface portion and having a movable suction portion that can suck the center portion of the substrate and move up and down,
    A state in which the substrate is supported by the movable suction portion and the support base by releasing the suction of the substrate suction upper surface portion from a state in which the substrate is sucked by the substrate suction upper surface portion and the movable suction portion. A substrate support step,
    Thereafter, a substrate pressing step for moving the movable suction portion downward to bring the central portion of the substrate downward from the support base, and
    Next, while holding the suction of the substrate by the movable suction portion, while moving the member set portion on which the sealing member is placed, while interlocking the substrate and the movable suction portion, A pressing step of pressing the member set portion together with the substrate and the sealing member against the suction upper surface portion, and sequentially bonding the substrate and the sealing member from the central portion toward the end portion of the substrate; A method for manufacturing an organic EL light emitting module, comprising:
  11.  有機EL発光モジュールの製造方法であって、
     第1のシート状部材、および前記第1のシート状部材よりも広い面を有する第2のシート状部材が積層された封止部材を作製する封止部材作製装置の、前記第1のシート状部材および前記第2のシート状部材を順次載置可能なステージ面を有するステージ部に、前記第1のシート状部材が載置される第1のシート状部材載置ステップと、
     前記封止部材作製装置のシート状部材吸着部を前記ステージ部と近接させることにより、前記ステージ面に載置された前記第1のシート状部材を前記ステージ面に対向して部材吸着用の吸入孔が複数設けられた吸着面に吸着する第1のシート状部材吸着ステップと、
     前記ステージ部において、前記第1のシート状部材が載置された領域を含む領域に前記第2のシート状部材が載置される第2のシート状部材載置ステップと、
     前記封止部材作製装置の前記シート状部材吸着部を前記ステージ部と近接させることにより、前記ステージ面に載置された前記第2のシート状部材を前記第1のシート状部材が吸着されている前記吸着面に重畳して吸着し、前記第1のシート状部材と前記第2のシート状部材とを積層する第2のシート状部材吸着ステップと、
     封止部材貼り合せ装置が、有機EL素子が形成されている基板の一方の面に前記封止部材を貼り合せて、前記基板と前記封止部材との間に前記有機EL素子を封止する有機EL封止ステップとを含み、
     前記第1のシート状部材載置ステップでは、前記第1のシート状部材の載置の位置合わせのために、第1側面を有する台部と第2側面を有するように前記台部から上方に立設された立設部とをそれぞれ有し、前記第1側面の相互の距離が前記第2側面の相互の距離よりも短いように複数の位置合わせ部が設置され、前記複数の位置合わせ部のそれぞれの前記第1側面に端部が当接するように前記第1のシート状部材を前記ステージ部に載置し、
     前記第2のシート状部材載置ステップでは、前記第2のシート状部材の載置の位置合わせのために、前記複数の位置合わせ部のそれぞれの前記第2側面に端部が当接するように前記第2のシート状部材を前記ステージ部に載置する
     ことを特徴とする有機EL発光モジュールの製造方法。
    A method of manufacturing an organic EL light emitting module,
    The first sheet-like member of a sealing member producing apparatus for producing a sealing member in which a first sheet-like member and a second sheet-like member having a wider surface than the first sheet-like member are laminated. A first sheet-like member placement step in which the first sheet-like member is placed on a stage portion having a stage surface on which a member and the second sheet-like member can be placed in sequence;
    By sucking the sheet-like member suction portion of the sealing member manufacturing apparatus close to the stage portion, the first sheet-like member placed on the stage surface faces the stage surface and sucks the member. A first sheet-like member adsorption step for adsorbing to an adsorption surface provided with a plurality of holes;
    A second sheet-like member placement step in which the second sheet-like member is placed in a region including a region where the first sheet-like member is placed in the stage portion;
    By bringing the sheet-like member suction portion of the sealing member manufacturing apparatus close to the stage portion, the first sheet-like member is sucked by the second sheet-like member placed on the stage surface. A second sheet-like member adsorption step of adsorbing and superposing on the adsorption surface, and laminating the first sheet-like member and the second sheet-like member;
    A sealing member bonding apparatus bonds the sealing member to one surface of the substrate on which the organic EL element is formed, and seals the organic EL element between the substrate and the sealing member. An organic EL sealing step,
    In the first sheet-like member placement step, for the positioning of the placement of the first sheet-like member, the base portion having the first side surface and the second side surface are disposed upward from the base portion. A plurality of alignment portions, each having a plurality of alignment portions, the plurality of alignment portions being installed such that a mutual distance between the first side surfaces is shorter than a mutual distance between the second side surfaces. The first sheet-like member is placed on the stage portion so that the end portion comes into contact with the first side surface of each of the first side surface,
    In the second sheet-like member placement step, an end portion is brought into contact with the second side surface of each of the plurality of alignment portions in order to align the placement of the second sheet-like member. The method for manufacturing an organic EL light emitting module, wherein the second sheet-like member is placed on the stage portion.
  12.  前記封止部材作製装置の熱圧着部が、前記第2のシート状部材吸着ステップで前記シート状部材吸着部によって積層された前記第1シート状部材と前記第2シート状部材とを前記吸着面に押しつけるとともに、前記第1シート状部材と前記第2シート状部材とを加熱する熱圧着処理を行って前記第1シート状部材と前記第2シート状部材とによる前記封止部材を形成するシート状部材熱圧着ステップをさらに含み、
     前記シート状部材吸着部は、前記熱圧着ステップで、前記熱圧着部による前記熱圧着処理の実行中には、前記第2シート状部材に対向する領域のうち、前記第1シート状部材に対向する領域外に設けられた吸入孔のみで吸入を行う
     ことを特徴とする請求項11に記載の有機EL発光モジュールの製造方法。
    The thermocompression-bonding part of the sealing member manufacturing apparatus attaches the first sheet-like member and the second sheet-like member laminated by the sheet-like member adsorption part in the second sheet-like member adsorption step to the adsorption surface. A sheet that presses against the first sheet-like member and heat-compresses the first sheet-like member and the second sheet-like member to form the sealing member by the first sheet-like member and the second sheet-like member And further comprising a thermocompression bonding step,
    In the thermocompression bonding step, the sheet-like member adsorption portion faces the first sheet-like member in a region facing the second sheet-like member during execution of the thermocompression treatment by the thermocompression-bonding portion. The method for manufacturing an organic EL light emitting module according to claim 11, wherein suction is performed only through a suction hole provided outside the region to be operated.
  13.  前記封止部材を前記基板に貼り合せるための粘着材であって、シート状に形成されて予め一の面には剥離紙が貼付され、前記一の面とは反対の面は前記剥離紙が帯状のテープ部材に貼付された前記粘着材を前記封止部材に貼り合せる粘着材貼り合せ装置のテープ部材吸着部が、前記粘着材が貼付された前記テープ部材における前記粘着材が貼付されている面の反対側の面を吸着する吸着動作を行うテープ部材吸着ステップと、
     前記テープ部材吸着部が、前記第1のシート状部材が上面の一部をなすように載置テーブルに載置されている前記封止部材の上方で前記テープ部材を吸着して保持する吸着保持ステップと、
     前記粘着材貼り合せ装置の円筒状に形成されて中心軸周りに回転するローラ部が、前記テープ部材吸着部から前記テープ部材を剥離しながら前記テープ部材吸着部と前記テープ部材との間を帯状の前記テープ部材の長手方向に沿って一方の端部から他方の端部の方向へ転動するとともに、周面によって前記テープ部材側から前記粘着材を前記封止部材に押しつけて前記粘着材を前記封止部材に貼り合せる粘着材貼り合せステップを含む
     ことを特徴とする請求項11または請求項12に記載の有機EL発光モジュールの製造方法。
    An adhesive for adhering the sealing member to the substrate, which is formed into a sheet shape and has a release paper pasted on one surface in advance, and the opposite surface to the one surface is the release paper A tape member adsorbing portion of an adhesive material laminating apparatus for adhering the adhesive material affixed to a strip-shaped tape member to the sealing member, the adhesive material in the tape member affixed with the adhesive material is affixed A tape member adsorption step for performing an adsorption operation to adsorb the surface opposite to the surface;
    The suction holding unit that sucks and holds the tape member above the sealing member that is placed on the placement table so that the first sheet-like member forms part of the upper surface of the tape member suction unit. Steps,
    A roller portion that is formed in a cylindrical shape of the adhesive material laminating device and rotates around a central axis peels off the tape member from the tape member adsorption portion, and forms a band between the tape member adsorption portion and the tape member. Rolling from one end portion to the other end portion along the longitudinal direction of the tape member, and pressing the adhesive material against the sealing member from the tape member side by a peripheral surface The manufacturing method of the organic electroluminescent light emitting module of Claim 11 or Claim 12 including the adhesive material bonding step bonded to the said sealing member.
  14.  前記テープ部材吸着部は、前記粘着材貼り合せステップで、前記ローラ部が前記テープ部材の長手方向に沿って一方の端部側から前記テープ部材を剥離していくときに、前記テープ部材の他方の端部側において前記吸着動作を継続する
     ことを特徴とする請求項13に記載の有機EL発光モジュールの製造方法。
    The tape member adsorbing part is the other of the tape members when the roller part peels the tape member from one end side along the longitudinal direction of the tape member in the adhesive material laminating step. The method of manufacturing an organic EL light emitting module according to claim 13, wherein the adsorption operation is continued on the end side of the organic EL light emitting module.
  15.  前記テープ部材は、前記剥離紙が貼付される貼付領域と前記貼付領域の外方にある余白領域とを有し、
     前記ローラ部は、前記粘着材貼り合せステップで、前記テープ部材の長手方向の一方の端部の前記余白領域から他方の端部の方向へ、前記貼付領域に亘り前記粘着材を前記封止部材に貼り合せるように転動する
     ことを特徴とする請求項13または請求項14に記載の有機EL発光モジュールの製造方法。
    The tape member has a pasting area to which the release paper is pasted and a blank area outside the pasting area,
    In the adhesive material laminating step, the roller portion applies the adhesive material to the sealing member over the pasting region from the blank region at one end portion in the longitudinal direction of the tape member to the other end portion. It rolls so that it may stick together. The manufacturing method of the organic electroluminescent light emitting module of Claim 13 or Claim 14 characterized by the above-mentioned.
  16.  前記粘着材貼り合せ装置は、
     前記テープ部材吸着部の上方を覆う上面部と、前記載置テーブルの下方を覆う下面部と、前記上面部と前記下面部とに挟まれた空間の側方を覆う側面部とを含み、
     前記下面部と前記上面部とが相対的に近づくことによって、前記上面部に前記側面部の上端が当接し、前記側面部の下端に前記下面部が当接した状態であって、前記テープ部材を吸着している前記テープ部材吸着部および前記封止部材が載置されている前記載置テーブルを収容した前記空間内を密閉する第1状態と、前記下面部が前記上面部から離間することによって、前記テープ部材吸着部と前記テープ部材との間を前記ローラ部が転動可能な隙間を有する第2状態との間で相互に遷移し、
     前記粘着材貼り合せステップが実行される前に、少なくとも前記下面部を収容した窒素置換チャンバにおいて、前記第1状態とされたときに前記空間から空気が排出された後に前記空間に窒素が供給される窒素置換ステップが実行され、
     前記窒素置換ステップが行われた後に、前記第2状態において前記空間内を窒素雰囲気に維持し、前記粘着材貼り合せステップが実行される
     ことを特徴とする請求項13から請求項15のうちいずれか1項に記載の有機EL発光モジュールの製造方法。
    The adhesive material laminating apparatus is
    Including an upper surface portion covering the upper side of the tape member adsorbing portion, a lower surface portion covering the lower side of the mounting table, and a side surface portion covering a side of a space sandwiched between the upper surface portion and the lower surface portion,
    When the lower surface portion and the upper surface portion are relatively close to each other, the upper end of the side surface portion is in contact with the upper surface portion, and the lower surface portion is in contact with the lower end of the side surface portion, and the tape member A first state in which the space containing the placement table on which the tape member suction portion and the sealing member on which the sealing member is placed is sealed, and the lower surface portion are separated from the upper surface portion. By the transition between the tape member adsorption portion and the tape member between the second state having a gap in which the roller portion can roll,
    Before the adhesive bonding step is performed, nitrogen is supplied to the space after air is exhausted from the space when the first state is established in the nitrogen replacement chamber containing at least the lower surface portion. A nitrogen substitution step is performed,
    16. The method according to any one of claims 13 to 15, wherein after the nitrogen replacement step is performed, the space is maintained in a nitrogen atmosphere in the second state, and the adhesive material bonding step is executed. The manufacturing method of the organic electroluminescent light emitting module of Claim 1.
  17.  窒素雰囲気中に設置されたテープ部材剥離装置の把持部が、前記テープ部材において前記剥離紙が貼付された貼付領域の外方にある余白領域を把持し、前記テープ部材とともに前記テープ部材に貼付された前記剥離紙を前記粘着材から剥離する粘着材剥離ステップと、
     前記テープ部材を載置可能な上面を有する載置台に、前記粘着材剥離ステップで前記把持部が前記粘着材から剥離した前記テープ部材および前記剥離紙を載置するテープ部材載置ステップとを含み、
     窒素雰囲気と外気とは仕切り部材で仕切られ、
     前記仕切り部材には、前記載置台が上方に移動すると前記載置台と嵌合する貫通孔が天面に設けられるとともに、前記貫通孔を外方から覆う蓋部が設置され、
     前記載置台を上方に移動させて前記テープ部材が載置された前記上面によって前記蓋部を押し上げる蓋部押し上げステップをさらに含む
     ことを特徴とする請求項13から請求項16のうちいずれか1項に記載の有機EL発光モジュールの製造方法。
    The gripping part of the tape member peeling device installed in a nitrogen atmosphere grips a blank area outside the sticking area where the release paper is stuck on the tape member, and is stuck to the tape member together with the tape member. An adhesive material peeling step for peeling the release paper from the adhesive material;
    The mounting table having an upper surface on which the tape member can be mounted includes a tape member mounting step for mounting the tape member and the release paper on which the grip portion has been peeled off from the adhesive material in the adhesive material peeling step. ,
    The nitrogen atmosphere and the outside air are partitioned by a partition member,
    The partition member is provided with a through hole that fits with the mounting table when the mounting table moves upward, and a lid that covers the through hole from the outside is installed,
    The lid part pushing-up step of pushing up the lid part by moving the mounting table upward and pushing the lid part by the upper surface on which the tape member is placed is further included. The manufacturing method of the organic electroluminescent light emitting module of description.
  18.  前記封止部材と前記基板とを熱圧着する熱圧着装置において、前記封止部材の端部に対応する位置に凸部が設けられているホットプレート部が、前記貼り合せステップで前記基板に貼り付けられた前記封止部材をさらに前記基板に押しつけるとともに前記封止部材を加熱する封止部材熱圧着処理を行う封止部材熱圧着ステップを含む
     ことを特徴とする請求項10から請求項17のうちいずれか1項に記載の有機EL発光モジュールの製造方法。
    In the thermocompression bonding apparatus for thermocompression bonding the sealing member and the substrate, a hot plate portion provided with a convex portion at a position corresponding to an end portion of the sealing member is bonded to the substrate in the bonding step. The sealing member thermocompression-bonding step which performs the sealing member thermocompression-bonding process which heats the said sealing member while pressing the said sealing member further attached to the said board | substrate is included. The manufacturing method of the organic electroluminescent light emitting module of any one of them.
PCT/JP2013/081974 2012-11-30 2013-11-27 System for manufacturing organic el light emission module and method for manufacturing organic el light emission module WO2014084284A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2014549880A JP6098644B2 (en) 2012-11-30 2013-11-27 Organic EL light emitting module manufacturing system and organic EL light emitting module manufacturing method

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2012263047 2012-11-30
JP2012-263047 2012-11-30

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2014084284A1 true WO2014084284A1 (en) 2014-06-05

Family

ID=50827916

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2013/081974 WO2014084284A1 (en) 2012-11-30 2013-11-27 System for manufacturing organic el light emission module and method for manufacturing organic el light emission module

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6098644B2 (en)
TW (1) TW201432970A (en)
WO (1) WO2014084284A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2004296139A (en) * 2003-03-25 2004-10-21 Sony Corp Sticking device, sticking method, and manufacturing method of display device
US20060279209A1 (en) * 2005-06-14 2006-12-14 Tohoku Pioneer Corporation Self-emission panel, self-emission panel sealing member, and self-emission panel manufacturing method
JP2007085750A (en) * 2005-09-20 2007-04-05 Konica Minolta Medical & Graphic Inc Stimulable phosphor sheet sealing body manufacturing device and manufacturing method of same body
US20100075563A1 (en) * 2008-09-24 2010-03-25 Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba Method of manufacturing flat-panel display device, apparatus for manufacturing flat-panel display device, and flat-panel display device

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP3890070B2 (en) * 2005-06-29 2007-03-07 キヤノンマシナリー株式会社 Gas pump

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2004296139A (en) * 2003-03-25 2004-10-21 Sony Corp Sticking device, sticking method, and manufacturing method of display device
US20060279209A1 (en) * 2005-06-14 2006-12-14 Tohoku Pioneer Corporation Self-emission panel, self-emission panel sealing member, and self-emission panel manufacturing method
CN1882203A (en) * 2005-06-14 2006-12-20 日本东北先锋公司 Self-emission panel, self-emission panel sealing member, and self-emission panel manufacturing method
JP2006351299A (en) * 2005-06-14 2006-12-28 Tohoku Pioneer Corp Self-luminous panel, sealing material for self-luminous panel, and manufacturing method of self-luminous panel
JP2007085750A (en) * 2005-09-20 2007-04-05 Konica Minolta Medical & Graphic Inc Stimulable phosphor sheet sealing body manufacturing device and manufacturing method of same body
US20100075563A1 (en) * 2008-09-24 2010-03-25 Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba Method of manufacturing flat-panel display device, apparatus for manufacturing flat-panel display device, and flat-panel display device
JP2010080087A (en) * 2008-09-24 2010-04-08 Toshiba Corp Method of manufacturing flat panel display device, apparatus for manufacturing flat panel display device, and flat panel display device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2014084284A1 (en) 2017-01-05
JP6098644B2 (en) 2017-03-22
TW201432970A (en) 2014-08-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7295904B2 (en) Laminate processing equipment
JP6911183B2 (en) Semiconductor device
JP5326098B2 (en) Substrate surface sealing device and organic EL panel manufacturing method
JP6621883B2 (en) Laminate manufacturing equipment
TWI645593B (en) Organic light-emitting display apparatus having a flexible substrate
JP6173019B2 (en) Light emitting device
JP2019125803A (en) Peeling method
JP2003086355A (en) Sealing structure, sealing method, and sealing device for organic el element
JP4227134B2 (en) Flat panel display manufacturing method, flat panel display, and flat panel display panel
CN104538562A (en) OLED device and packaging method and packaging device thereof
US20160372696A1 (en) Packaging method, display panel and display apparatus
JP5433736B2 (en) Film-like resin laminating equipment
JP6098644B2 (en) Organic EL light emitting module manufacturing system and organic EL light emitting module manufacturing method
JP2017208229A (en) Manufacturing system and manufacturing method of organic el light-emitting module
US20130048201A1 (en) Apparatus for fabricating organic light emitting display panel and method of fabricating organic light emitting display panel using the same
KR102499047B1 (en) Apparatus and method for manufacturing flexible device
JP5880611B2 (en) Element manufacturing method and element manufacturing apparatus
JP4600495B2 (en) Wafer take-out apparatus and semiconductor device manufacturing method
KR100624125B1 (en) Laser induced thermal imaging and fabrication method of oled
JP6269674B2 (en) Manufacturing method and manufacturing apparatus of organic electroluminescence element
KR100796587B1 (en) Method of fabricating donor substrate and method of fabricating OLED using the same
EP1261043A2 (en) Precursory system of water-absorbing devices for electroluminescent screens, production process and method of use thereof
WO2017110356A1 (en) Manufacturing method and manufacturing device for glass film laminate
KR20100119037A (en) Transparent hermetic plastic film, its manufacturing method and its application to sealing of display panel
KR20060059606A (en) Flat display device and manufacturing method thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 13857748

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2014549880

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 13857748

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1